Now Joshua was old and well along in years, and the LORD said to him, “You are old and well along in years, but very much of the land remains to be possessed.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וִיהוֹשֻׁ֣עַ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וִיהוֹשֻׁ֣עַ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wî·hō·wō·šu·a‘
                
                
                     Now Joshua 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3091 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Joshua or Jehoshua = |Jehovah is salvation| <BR> n pr m <BR> 1) son of Nun of the tribe of Ephraim and successor to Moses as the leader of the children of Israel; led the conquest of Canaan <BR> 2) a resident of Beth-shemesh on whose land the Ark of the Covenant came to a stop after the Philistines returned it <BR> 3) son of Jehozadak and high priest after the restoration <BR> 4) governor of Jerusalem under king Josiah who gave his name to a gate of the city of Jerusalem 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wî·hō·wō·šu·a‘
         Now Joshua 
    
 
        
            זָקֵ֔ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
זָקֵ֔ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    zā·qên
                
                
                     was old 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2204 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be old, become old <BR> 1a) (Qal) to be old, become old <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) to grow old, show age 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        zā·qên
         was old 
    
 
        
            בָּ֖א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָּ֖א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bā
                
                
                     [and] well along 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        935 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go in, enter, come, go, come in <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to enter, come in <BR> 1a2) to come <BR> 1a2a) to come with <BR> 1a2b) to come upon, fall or light upon, attack (enemy) <BR> 1a2c) to come to pass <BR> 1a3) to attain to <BR> 1a4) to be enumerated <BR> 1a5) to go <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) <BR> 1b1) to lead in <BR> 1b2) to carry in <BR> 1b3) to bring in, cause to come in, gather, cause to come, bring near, bring against, bring upon <BR> 1b4) to bring to pass <BR> 1c) (Hophal) <BR> 1c1) to be brought, brought in <BR> 1c2) to be introduced, be put 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bā
         [and] well along 
    
 
        
            בַּיָּמִ֑ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בַּיָּמִ֑ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bay·yā·mîm
                
                
                     in years , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b, Article | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3117 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) day, time, year <BR> 1a) day (as opposed to night) <BR> 1b) day (24 hour period) <BR> 1b1) as defined by evening and morning in Genesis 1 <BR> 1b2) as a division of time <BR> 1b2a) a working day, a day's journey <BR> 1c) days, lifetime (pl.) <BR> 1d) time, period (general) <BR> 1e) year <BR> 1f) temporal references <BR> 1f1) today <BR> 1f2) yesterday <BR> 1f3) tomorrow 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bay·yā·mîm
         in years , 
    
 
        
            יְהוָ֜ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָ֜ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     and the LORD 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         and the LORD 
    
 
        
            וַיֹּ֨אמֶר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיֹּ֨אמֶר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yō·mer
                
                
                     said 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        559 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to say, speak, utter <BR> 1a) (Qal) to say, to answer, to say in one's heart, to think, to command, to promise, to intend <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be told, to be said, to be called <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to boast, to act proudly <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to avow, to avouch 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yō·mer
         said 
    
 
        
            אֵלָ֗יו 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֵלָ֗יו 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ê·lāw
                
                
                     to him , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ê·lāw
         to him , 
    
 
        
            אַתָּ֤ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַתָּ֤ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’at·tāh
                
                
                     “ You 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        859 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) you (second pers. sing. masc.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’at·tāh
         “ You 
    
 
        
            זָקַ֙נְתָּה֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
זָקַ֙נְתָּה֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    zā·qan·tāh
                
                
                     are old 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2204 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be old, become old <BR> 1a) (Qal) to be old, become old <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) to grow old, show age 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        zā·qan·tāh
         are old 
    
 
        
            בָּ֣אתָ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָּ֣אתָ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bā·ṯā
                
                
                     [and] well along 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        935 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go in, enter, come, go, come in <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to enter, come in <BR> 1a2) to come <BR> 1a2a) to come with <BR> 1a2b) to come upon, fall or light upon, attack (enemy) <BR> 1a2c) to come to pass <BR> 1a3) to attain to <BR> 1a4) to be enumerated <BR> 1a5) to go <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) <BR> 1b1) to lead in <BR> 1b2) to carry in <BR> 1b3) to bring in, cause to come in, gather, cause to come, bring near, bring against, bring upon <BR> 1b4) to bring to pass <BR> 1c) (Hophal) <BR> 1c1) to be brought, brought in <BR> 1c2) to be introduced, be put 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bā·ṯā
         [and] well along 
    
 
        
            בַיָּמִ֔ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בַיָּמִ֔ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇay·yā·mîm
                
                
                     in years , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b, Article | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3117 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) day, time, year <BR> 1a) day (as opposed to night) <BR> 1b) day (24 hour period) <BR> 1b1) as defined by evening and morning in Genesis 1 <BR> 1b2) as a division of time <BR> 1b2a) a working day, a day's journey <BR> 1c) days, lifetime (pl.) <BR> 1d) time, period (general) <BR> 1e) year <BR> 1f) temporal references <BR> 1f1) today <BR> 1f2) yesterday <BR> 1f3) tomorrow 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇay·yā·mîm
         in years , 
    
 
        
            מְאֹ֖ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מְאֹ֖ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mə·’ōḏ
                
                
                     but very 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3966 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adv <BR> 1) exceedingly, much <BR> subst <BR> 2) might, force, abundance <BR> n m <BR> 3) muchness, force, abundance, exceedingly <BR> 3a) force, might <BR> 3b) exceedingly, greatly, very (idioms showing magnitude or degree) <BR> 3b1) exceedingly <BR> 3b2) up to abundance, to a great degree, exceedingly <BR> 3b3) with muchness, muchness 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mə·’ōḏ
         but very 
    
 
        
            הַרְבֵּֽה־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַרְבֵּֽה־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    har·bêh-
                
                
                     much 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Hifil - Infinitive absolute 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7235 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) be or become great, be or become many, be or become much, be or become numerous <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to become many, become numerous, multiply (of people, animals, things) <BR> 1a2) to be or grow great <BR> 1b) (Piel) to make large, enlarge, increase, become many <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to make much, make many, have many <BR> 1c1a) to multiply, increase <BR> 1c1b) to make much to do, do much in respect of, transgress greatly <BR> 1c1c) to increase greatly or exceedingly <BR> 1c2) to make great, enlarge, do much <BR> 2) (Qal) to shoot 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        har·bêh-
         much 
    
 
        
            וְהָאָ֛רֶץ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהָאָ֛רֶץ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·hā·’ā·reṣ
                
                
                     of the land 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        776 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) land, earth<BR> 1a) earth <BR> 1a1) whole earth (as opposed to a part) <BR> 1a2) earth (as opposed to heaven) <BR> 1a3) earth (inhabitants) <BR> 1b) land <BR> 1b1) country, territory <BR> 1b2) district, region <BR> 1b3) tribal territory <BR> 1b4) piece of ground <BR> 1b5) land of Canaan, Israel <BR> 1b6) inhabitants of land <BR> 1b7) Sheol, land without return, (under) world <BR> 1b8) city (-state) <BR> 1c) ground, surface of the earth <BR> 1c1) ground <BR> 1c2) soil <BR> 1d) (in phrases) <BR> 1d1) people of the land <BR> 1d2) space or distance of country (in measurements of distance) <BR> 1d3) level or plain country <BR> 1d4) land of the living <BR> 1d5) end(s) of the earth <BR> 1e) (almost wholly late in usage) <BR> 1e1) lands, countries <BR> 1e1a) often in contrast to Canaan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·hā·’ā·reṣ
         of the land 
    
 
        
            נִשְׁאֲרָ֥ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נִשְׁאֲרָ֥ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    niš·’ă·rāh
                
                
                     remains 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Nifal - Perfect - third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7604 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to remain, be left over, be left behind <BR> 1a) (Qal) to remain <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be left over, be left alive, survive <BR> 1b1a) remainder, remnant (participle) <BR> 1b2) to be left behind <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to leave over, spare <BR> 1c2) to leave or keep over <BR> 1c3) to have left <BR> 1c4) to leave (as a gift) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        niš·’ă·rāh
         remains 
    
 
        
            לְרִשְׁתָּֽהּ׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְרִשְׁתָּֽהּ׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·riš·tāh
                
                
                     to be possessed . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Qal - Infinitive construct | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3423 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to seize, dispossess, take possession off, inherit, disinherit, occupy, impoverish, be an heir <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to take possession of <BR> 1a2) to inherit <BR> 1a3) to impoverish, come to poverty, be poor <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be dispossessed, be impoverished, come to poverty <BR> 1c) (Piel) to devour <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to cause to possess or inherit <BR> 1d2) to cause others to possess or inherit <BR> 1d3) to impoverish <BR> 1d4) to dispossess <BR> 1d5) to destroy, bring to ruin, disinherit 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·riš·tāh
         to be possessed . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            This is the land that remains: All the territory of the Philistines and the Geshurites,
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            זֹ֥את 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
זֹ֥את 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    zōṯ
                
                
                     This 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2063 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) this, this one, here, which, this...that, the one...the other, such <BR> 1a) (alone) <BR> 1a1) this one <BR> 1a2) this...that, the one...the other, another <BR> 1b) (appos to subst) <BR> 1b1) this <BR> 1c) (as predicate) <BR> 1c1) this, such <BR> 1d) (enclitically) <BR> 1d1) then <BR> 1d2) who, whom <BR> 1d3) how now, what now <BR> 1d4) what now <BR> 1d5) wherefore now <BR> 1d6) behold here <BR> 1d7) just now <BR> 1d8) now, now already <BR> 1e) (poetry) <BR> 1e1) wherein, which, those who <BR> 1f) (with prefixes) <BR> 1f1) in this (place) here, then <BR> 1f2) on these conditions, herewith, thus provided, by, through this, for this cause, in this matter <BR> 1f3) thus and thus <BR> 1f4) as follows, things such as these, accordingly, to that effect, in like manner, thus and thus <BR> 1f5) from here, hence, on one side...on the other side <BR> 1f6) on this account <BR> 1f7) in spite of this, which, whence, how 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        zōṯ
         This 
    
 
        
            הָאָ֖רֶץ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָאָ֖רֶץ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’ā·reṣ
                
                
                     is the land 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        776 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) land, earth<BR> 1a) earth <BR> 1a1) whole earth (as opposed to a part) <BR> 1a2) earth (as opposed to heaven) <BR> 1a3) earth (inhabitants) <BR> 1b) land <BR> 1b1) country, territory <BR> 1b2) district, region <BR> 1b3) tribal territory <BR> 1b4) piece of ground <BR> 1b5) land of Canaan, Israel <BR> 1b6) inhabitants of land <BR> 1b7) Sheol, land without return, (under) world <BR> 1b8) city (-state) <BR> 1c) ground, surface of the earth <BR> 1c1) ground <BR> 1c2) soil <BR> 1d) (in phrases) <BR> 1d1) people of the land <BR> 1d2) space or distance of country (in measurements of distance) <BR> 1d3) level or plain country <BR> 1d4) land of the living <BR> 1d5) end(s) of the earth <BR> 1e) (almost wholly late in usage) <BR> 1e1) lands, countries <BR> 1e1a) often in contrast to Canaan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’ā·reṣ
         is the land 
    
 
        
            הַנִּשְׁאָ֑רֶת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַנִּשְׁאָ֑רֶת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    han·niš·’ā·reṯ
                
                
                     that remains : 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Verb - Nifal - Participle - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7604 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to remain, be left over, be left behind <BR> 1a) (Qal) to remain <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be left over, be left alive, survive <BR> 1b1a) remainder, remnant (participle) <BR> 1b2) to be left behind <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to leave over, spare <BR> 1c2) to leave or keep over <BR> 1c3) to have left <BR> 1c4) to leave (as a gift) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        han·niš·’ā·reṯ
         that remains : 
    
 
        
            כָּל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָּל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kāl-
                
                
                     All 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, the whole <BR> 1a) all, the whole of <BR> 1b) any, each, every, anything <BR> 1c) totality, everything 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kāl-
         All 
    
 
        
            גְּלִיל֥וֹת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גְּלִיל֥וֹת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    gə·lî·lō·wṯ
                
                
                     the territory 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1552 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        n f<BR> 1) circuit, boundary, territory <BR> Galilee = |circuit, district| <BR> n pr loc <BR> 2) a territory in Naphtali largely occupied by heathen; a circuit of towns around Kedesh-Naphtali, in which were situated the 20 towns given by Solomon to Hiram king of Tyre as payment for his work in conveying timber from Lebanon to Jerusalem 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        gə·lî·lō·wṯ
         the territory 
    
 
        
            הַפְּלִשְׁתִּ֖ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַפְּלִשְׁתִּ֖ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hap·pə·liš·tîm
                
                
                     of the Philistines 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - proper - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Philistine = |immigrants|<BR> 1) an inhabitant of Philistia; descendants of Mizraim who immigrated from Caphtor (Crete?) to the western seacoast of Canaan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hap·pə·liš·tîm
         of the Philistines 
    
 
        
            וְכָל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְכָל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḵāl
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, the whole <BR> 1a) all, the whole of <BR> 1b) any, each, every, anything <BR> 1c) totality, everything 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḵāl
         . . . 
    
 
        
            הַגְּשׁוּרִֽי׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַגְּשׁוּרִֽי׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hag·gə·šū·rî
                
                
                     and the Geshurites , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1651 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Geshuri or Geshurites = see Geshur<BR> 1) inhabitants of Geshur <BR> 2) a tribe in south Palestine of or near the Philistines 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hag·gə·šū·rî
         and the Geshurites , 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            from the Shihor east of Egypt to the territory of Ekron on the north (considered to be Canaanite territory)—that of the five Philistine rulers of Gaza, Ashdod, Ashkelon, Gath, and Ekron, as well as that of the Avvites;
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            מִֽן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִֽן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    min-
                
                
                     from 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4480 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) from, out of, on account of, off, on the side of, since, above, than, so that not, more than <BR> 1a) from (expressing separation), off, on the side of <BR> 1b) out of <BR> 1b1) (with verbs of proceeding, removing, expelling) <BR> 1b2) (of material from which something is made) <BR> 1b3) (of source or origin) <BR> 1c) out of, some of, from (partitively) <BR> 1d) from, since, after (of time) <BR> 1e) than, more than (in comparison) <BR> 1f) from...even to, both...and, either...or <BR> 1g) than, more than, too much for (in comparisons) <BR> 1h) from, on account of, through, because (with infinitive) <BR> conj <BR> 2) that 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        min-
         from 
    
 
        
            הַשִּׁיח֞וֹר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַשִּׁיח֞וֹר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    haš·šî·ḥō·wr
                
                
                     the Shihor 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7883 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Shihor or Sihor = |dark|<BR> 1) a river or canal on east border of Egypt and a branch of the Nile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        haš·šî·ḥō·wr
         the Shihor 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁ֣ר׀ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁ֣ר׀ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer
         - 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     east 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         east 
    
 
        
            פְּנֵ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פְּנֵ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    pə·nê
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - common plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6440 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) face <BR> 1a) face, faces <BR> 1b) presence, person <BR> 1c) face (of seraphim or cherubim) <BR> 1d) face (of animals) <BR> 1e) face, surface (of ground) <BR> 1f) as adv of loc/temp <BR> 1f1) before and behind, toward, in front of, forward, formerly, from beforetime, before <BR> 1g) with prep <BR> 1g1) in front of, before, to the front of, in the presence of, in the face of, at the face or front of, from the presence of, from before, from before the face of 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        pə·nê
         . . . 
    
 
        
            מִצְרַ֗יִם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִצְרַ֗יִם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miṣ·ra·yim
                
                
                     of Egypt 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4714 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Egypt = |land of the Copts|<BR> n pr loc <BR> 1) a country at the northeastern section of Africa, adjacent to Palestine, and through which the Nile flows <BR> Egyptians = |double straits| <BR> adj <BR> 2) the inhabitants or natives of Egypt 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miṣ·ra·yim
         of Egypt 
    
 
        
            וְעַ֨ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְעַ֨ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·‘aḏ
                
                
                     to 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5704 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) as far as, even to, until, up to, while, as far as <BR> 1a) of space <BR> 1a1) as far as, up to, even to <BR> 1b) in combination <BR> 1b1) from...as far as, both...and (with 'min' -from) <BR> 1c) of time <BR> 1c1) even to, until, unto, till, during, end <BR> 1d) of degree <BR> 1d1) even to, to the degree of, even like <BR> conj <BR> 2) until, while, to the point that, so that even 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·‘aḏ
         to 
    
 
        
            גְּב֤וּל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גְּב֤וּל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    gə·ḇūl
                
                
                     the territory 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1366 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) border, territory <BR> 1a) border <BR> 1b) territory (enclosed within boundary) <BR> 1c) region, territory (of darkness) (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        gə·ḇūl
         the territory 
    
 
        
            עֶקְרוֹן֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֶקְרוֹן֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘eq·rō·wn
                
                
                     of Ekron 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6138 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Ekron = |emigration| or |torn up by the roots|<BR> 1) the most northerly of the 5 principal cities of the Philistines; located in the lowlands of Judah and later given to Dan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘eq·rō·wn
         of Ekron 
    
 
        
            צָפ֔וֹנָה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
צָפ֔וֹנָה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṣā·p̄ō·w·nāh
                
                
                     on the north 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6828 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) north (of direction), northward <BR> 1a) north <BR> 1b) northward 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṣā·p̄ō·w·nāh
         on the north 
    
 
        
            תֵּחָשֵׁ֑ב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תֵּחָשֵׁ֑ב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    tê·ḥā·šêḇ
                
                
                     (considered 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Nifal - Imperfect - third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2803 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to think, plan, esteem, calculate, invent, make a judgment, imagine, count <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to think, account <BR> 1a2) to plan, devise, mean <BR> 1a3) to charge, impute, reckon <BR> 1a4) to esteem, value, regard <BR> 1a5) to invent <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be accounted, be thought, be esteemed <BR> 1b2) to be computed, be reckoned <BR> 1b3) to be imputed <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to think upon, consider, be mindful of <BR> 1c2) to think to do, devise, plan <BR> 1c3) to count, reckon <BR> 1d) (Hithpael) to be considered 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        tê·ḥā·šêḇ
         (considered 
    
 
        
            לַֽכְּנַעֲנִ֖י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לַֽכְּנַעֲנִ֖י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lak·kə·na·‘ă·nî
                
                
                     to be Canaanite [territory]) — 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l, Article | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3669 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Canaanite = see Cana |zealous| <BR> adj <BR> 1) descendant of inhabitant of Canaan<BR> n <BR> 2) descendant or inhabitant of Canaan <BR> 3) a merchant, trader 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lak·kə·na·‘ă·nî
         to be Canaanite [territory]) — 
    
 
        
            חֲמֵ֣שֶׁת׀ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֲמֵ֣שֶׁת׀ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥă·mê·šeṯ
                
                
                     that of the five 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2568 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) five <BR> 1a) five (cardinal number) <BR> 1b) a multiple of five (with another number) <BR> 1c) fifth (ordinal number) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥă·mê·šeṯ
         that of the five 
    
 
        
            פְלִשְׁתִּ֗ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פְלִשְׁתִּ֗ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    p̄ə·liš·tîm
                
                
                     Philistine 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Philistine = |immigrants|<BR> 1) an inhabitant of Philistia; descendants of Mizraim who immigrated from Caphtor (Crete?) to the western seacoast of Canaan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        p̄ə·liš·tîm
         Philistine 
    
 
        
            סַרְנֵ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
סַרְנֵ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    sar·nê
                
                
                     rulers 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5633 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) lord, ruler, tyrant <BR> 2) axle 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        sar·nê
         rulers 
    
 
        
            הָעַזָּתִ֤י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָעַזָּתִ֤י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·‘az·zā·ṯî
                
                
                     of Gaza , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5841 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Gazathites or Gazites = see Gaza |the strong|<BR> 1) an inhabitant of the city of Gaza 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·‘az·zā·ṯî
         of Gaza , 
    
 
        
            וְהָאַשְׁדּוֹדִי֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהָאַשְׁדּוֹדִי֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·hā·’aš·dō·w·ḏî
                
                
                     Ashdod , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Article | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        796 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Ashdodites = |I will spoil|<BR> 1) an inhabitant of Ashdod 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·hā·’aš·dō·w·ḏî
         Ashdod , 
    
 
        
            הָאֶשְׁקְלוֹנִ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָאֶשְׁקְלוֹנִ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’eš·qə·lō·w·nî
                
                
                     Ashkelon , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        832 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Eshkalonites = |the fire of infamy: I shall be weighed|<BR> 1) an inhabitant of Ashkelon 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’eš·qə·lō·w·nî
         Ashkelon , 
    
 
        
            הַגִּתִּ֔י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַגִּתִּ֔י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hag·git·tî
                
                
                     Gath , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1663 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Gittite = |belonging to Gath|<BR> 1) an inhabitant of Gath 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hag·git·tî
         Gath , 
    
 
        
            וְהָעֶקְרוֹנִ֖י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהָעֶקְרוֹנִ֖י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·hā·‘eq·rō·w·nî
                
                
                     and Ekron , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Article | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6139 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Ekronites = see Ekron |emigration|<BR> 1) an inhabitant of Ekron 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·hā·‘eq·rō·w·nî
         and Ekron , 
    
 
        
            וְהָעַוִּֽים׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהָעַוִּֽים׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·hā·‘aw·wîm
                
                
                     as well as that of the Avvites ; 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Article | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5761 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Avim = |ruins| <BR> n pr m <BR> 1) a people among the early inhabitants of Palestine located in the southwest corner of the seacoast <BR> n pr loc<BR> 2) a city in Benjamin 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·hā·‘aw·wîm
         as well as that of the Avvites ; 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            to the south, all the land of the Canaanites, from Mearah of the Sidonians to Aphek, as far as the border of the Amorites;
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            מִתֵּימָ֞ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִתֵּימָ֞ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mit·tê·mān
                
                
                     to the south , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8486 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) south, southward, whatever is on the right (so the southern quarter), south wind <BR> 1a) south (of territory) <BR> 1b) southern quarter (of the sky) <BR> 1c) toward the south, southward (of direction) <BR> 1d) south wind 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mit·tê·mān
         to the south , 
    
 
        
            כָּל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָּל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kāl-
                
                
                     all 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, the whole <BR> 1a) all, the whole of <BR> 1b) any, each, every, anything <BR> 1c) totality, everything 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kāl-
         all 
    
 
        
            אֶ֣רֶץ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶ֣רֶץ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’e·reṣ
                
                
                     the land 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        776 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) land, earth<BR> 1a) earth <BR> 1a1) whole earth (as opposed to a part) <BR> 1a2) earth (as opposed to heaven) <BR> 1a3) earth (inhabitants) <BR> 1b) land <BR> 1b1) country, territory <BR> 1b2) district, region <BR> 1b3) tribal territory <BR> 1b4) piece of ground <BR> 1b5) land of Canaan, Israel <BR> 1b6) inhabitants of land <BR> 1b7) Sheol, land without return, (under) world <BR> 1b8) city (-state) <BR> 1c) ground, surface of the earth <BR> 1c1) ground <BR> 1c2) soil <BR> 1d) (in phrases) <BR> 1d1) people of the land <BR> 1d2) space or distance of country (in measurements of distance) <BR> 1d3) level or plain country <BR> 1d4) land of the living <BR> 1d5) end(s) of the earth <BR> 1e) (almost wholly late in usage) <BR> 1e1) lands, countries <BR> 1e1a) often in contrast to Canaan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’e·reṣ
         the land 
    
 
        
            הַֽכְּנַעֲנִ֗י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַֽכְּנַעֲנִ֗י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hak·kə·na·‘ă·nî
                
                
                     of the Canaanites , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3669 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Canaanite = see Cana |zealous| <BR> adj <BR> 1) descendant of inhabitant of Canaan<BR> n <BR> 2) descendant or inhabitant of Canaan <BR> 3) a merchant, trader 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hak·kə·na·‘ă·nî
         of the Canaanites , 
    
 
        
            וּמְעָרָ֛ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּמְעָרָ֛ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·mə·‘ā·rāh
                
                
                     from Mearah 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4632 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Mearah = |cave|<BR> 1) an area or cavern in the neighbourhood east of Sidon 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·mə·‘ā·rāh
         from Mearah 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁ֥ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁ֥ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer
                
                
                     of 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer
         of 
    
 
        
            לַצִּידֹנִ֖ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לַצִּידֹנִ֖ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    laṣ·ṣî·ḏō·nîm
                
                
                     the Sidonians 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l, Article | Noun - proper - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6722 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Sidonians = see hunting |hunting|<BR> 1) an inhabitant of Sidon 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        laṣ·ṣî·ḏō·nîm
         the Sidonians 
    
 
        
            עַד־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַד־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘aḏ-
                
                
                     to 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5704 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) as far as, even to, until, up to, while, as far as <BR> 1a) of space <BR> 1a1) as far as, up to, even to <BR> 1b) in combination <BR> 1b1) from...as far as, both...and (with 'min' -from) <BR> 1c) of time <BR> 1c1) even to, until, unto, till, during, end <BR> 1d) of degree <BR> 1d1) even to, to the degree of, even like <BR> conj <BR> 2) until, while, to the point that, so that even 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘aḏ-
         to 
    
 
        
            אֲפֵ֑קָה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲפֵ֑קָה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·p̄ê·qāh
                
                
                     Aphek , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        663 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Aphek or Aphik = |enclosure|<BR> 1) a Canaanite city near Jezreel <BR> 2) a city in territory of Asher <BR> 3) a city northeast of Beirut in Transjordan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·p̄ê·qāh
         Aphek , 
    
 
        
            עַ֖ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַ֖ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘aḏ
                
                
                     as far as 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5704 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) as far as, even to, until, up to, while, as far as <BR> 1a) of space <BR> 1a1) as far as, up to, even to <BR> 1b) in combination <BR> 1b1) from...as far as, both...and (with 'min' -from) <BR> 1c) of time <BR> 1c1) even to, until, unto, till, during, end <BR> 1d) of degree <BR> 1d1) even to, to the degree of, even like <BR> conj <BR> 2) until, while, to the point that, so that even 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘aḏ
         as far as 
    
 
        
            גְּב֥וּל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גְּב֥וּל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    gə·ḇūl
                
                
                     the border 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1366 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) border, territory <BR> 1a) border <BR> 1b) territory (enclosed within boundary) <BR> 1c) region, territory (of darkness) (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        gə·ḇūl
         the border 
    
 
        
            הָאֱמֹרִֽי׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָאֱמֹרִֽי׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’ĕ·mō·rî
                
                
                     of the Amorites ; 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        567 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Amorite = |a sayer|<BR> 1) one of the peoples of east Canaan and beyond the Jordan, dispossessed by the Israelite incursion from Egypt 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’ĕ·mō·rî
         of the Amorites ; 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            the land of the Gebalites; and all Lebanon to the east, from Baal-gad below Mount Hermon to Lebo-hamath.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְהָאָ֣רֶץ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהָאָ֣רֶץ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·hā·’ā·reṣ
                
                
                     the land 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        776 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) land, earth<BR> 1a) earth <BR> 1a1) whole earth (as opposed to a part) <BR> 1a2) earth (as opposed to heaven) <BR> 1a3) earth (inhabitants) <BR> 1b) land <BR> 1b1) country, territory <BR> 1b2) district, region <BR> 1b3) tribal territory <BR> 1b4) piece of ground <BR> 1b5) land of Canaan, Israel <BR> 1b6) inhabitants of land <BR> 1b7) Sheol, land without return, (under) world <BR> 1b8) city (-state) <BR> 1c) ground, surface of the earth <BR> 1c1) ground <BR> 1c2) soil <BR> 1d) (in phrases) <BR> 1d1) people of the land <BR> 1d2) space or distance of country (in measurements of distance) <BR> 1d3) level or plain country <BR> 1d4) land of the living <BR> 1d5) end(s) of the earth <BR> 1e) (almost wholly late in usage) <BR> 1e1) lands, countries <BR> 1e1a) often in contrast to Canaan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·hā·’ā·reṣ
         the land 
    
 
        
            הַגִּבְלִ֗י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַגִּבְלִ֗י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hag·giḇ·lî
                
                
                     of the Gebalites ; 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1382 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Giblites = |a boundary|<BR> 1) inhabitants of Gebal 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hag·giḇ·lî
         of the Gebalites ; 
    
 
        
            וְכָל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְכָל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḵāl
                
                
                     and all 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, the whole <BR> 1a) all, the whole of <BR> 1b) any, each, every, anything <BR> 1c) totality, everything 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḵāl
         and all 
    
 
        
            הַלְּבָנוֹן֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַלְּבָנוֹן֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hal·lə·ḇā·nō·wn
                
                
                     Lebanon 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3844 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Lebanon = |whiteness|<BR> 1) a wooded mountain range on the northern border of Israel 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hal·lə·ḇā·nō·wn
         Lebanon 
    
 
        
            מִזְרַ֣ח 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִזְרַ֣ח 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miz·raḥ
                
                
                     to the east 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4217 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) place of sunrise, east <BR> 1a) sunrise, east (with 'sun') <BR> 1b) the east (without 'sun') <BR> 1b1) to or toward the place of sunrise <BR> 1b2) to the east, eastward 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miz·raḥ
         to the east 
    
 
        
            הַשֶּׁ֔מֶשׁ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַשֶּׁ֔מֶשׁ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    haš·še·meš
                
                
                     . . . , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sun <BR> 1a) sun <BR> 1b) sunrise, sun-rising, east, sun-setting, west (of direction) <BR> 1c) sun (as object of illicit worship) <BR> 1d) openly, publicly (in other phrases) <BR> 1e) pinnacles, battlements, shields (as glittering or shining) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        haš·še·meš
         . . . , 
    
 
        
            מִבַּ֣עַל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִבַּ֣עַל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mib·ba·‘al
                
                
                     from 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1171 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Baal-gad = |lord of fortune|<BR> 1) a city noted for Baal-worship, located at the most northern or northwestern point to which Joshua's victories extended 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mib·ba·‘al
         from 
    
 
        
            גָּ֔ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גָּ֔ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    gāḏ
                
                
                     Baal-gad 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1171 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Baal-gad = |lord of fortune|<BR> 1) a city noted for Baal-worship, located at the most northern or northwestern point to which Joshua's victories extended 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        gāḏ
         Baal-gad 
    
 
        
            תַּ֖חַת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תַּ֖חַת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ta·ḥaṯ
                
                
                     below 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8478 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) the under part, beneath, instead of, as, for, for the sake of, flat, unto, where, whereas n m <BR> 1a) the under part adv accus <BR> 1b) beneath prep <BR> 1c) under, beneath <BR> 1c1) at the foot of (idiom) <BR> 1c2) sweetness, subjection, woman, being burdened or oppressed (fig) <BR> 1c3) of subjection or conquest <BR> 1d) what is under one, the place in which one stands <BR> 1d1) in one's place, the place in which one stands (idiom with reflexive pronoun) <BR> 1d2) in place of, instead of (in transferred sense) <BR> 1d3) in place of, in exchange or return for (of things mutually interchanged) <BR> conj <BR> 1e) instead of, instead of that <BR> 1f) in return for that, because that in compounds <BR> 1g) in, under, into the place of (after verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) from under, from beneath, from under the hand of, from his place, under, beneath 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ta·ḥaṯ
         below 
    
 
        
            הַר־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַר־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    har-
                
                
                     Mount 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2022 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) hill, mountain, hill country, mount 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        har-
         Mount 
    
 
        
            חֶרְמ֑וֹן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֶרְמ֑וֹן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥer·mō·wn
                
                
                     Hermon 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Hermon = |a sanctuary|<BR> 1) a mountain on the northeastern border of Palestine and Lebanon and overlooking the border city of Dan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥer·mō·wn
         Hermon 
    
 
        
            עַ֖ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַ֖ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘aḏ
                
                
                     to 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5704 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) as far as, even to, until, up to, while, as far as <BR> 1a) of space <BR> 1a1) as far as, up to, even to <BR> 1b) in combination <BR> 1b1) from...as far as, both...and (with 'min' -from) <BR> 1c) of time <BR> 1c1) even to, until, unto, till, during, end <BR> 1d) of degree <BR> 1d1) even to, to the degree of, even like <BR> conj <BR> 2) until, while, to the point that, so that even 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘aḏ
         to 
    
 
        
            לְב֥וֹא 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְב֥וֹא 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ḇō·w
                
                
                     vvv 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | Verb - Qal - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        935 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go in, enter, come, go, come in <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to enter, come in <BR> 1a2) to come <BR> 1a2a) to come with <BR> 1a2b) to come upon, fall or light upon, attack (enemy) <BR> 1a2c) to come to pass <BR> 1a3) to attain to <BR> 1a4) to be enumerated <BR> 1a5) to go <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) <BR> 1b1) to lead in <BR> 1b2) to carry in <BR> 1b3) to bring in, cause to come in, gather, cause to come, bring near, bring against, bring upon <BR> 1b4) to bring to pass <BR> 1c) (Hophal) <BR> 1c1) to be brought, brought in <BR> 1c2) to be introduced, be put 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ḇō·w
         vvv 
    
 
        
            חֲמָֽת׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֲמָֽת׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥă·māṯ
                
                
                     Lebo-hamath . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2574 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Hamath = |fortress|<BR> n pr loc <BR> 1) the principle city of upper Syria in the valley of the Orontes <BR> n pr m <BR> 2) father of the house of Rechab 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥă·māṯ
         Lebo-hamath . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            All the inhabitants of the hill country from Lebanon to Misrephoth-maim—all the Sidonians—I Myself will drive out before the Israelites. Be sure to divide it by lot as an inheritance to Israel, as I have commanded you.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            כָּל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָּל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kāl-
                
                
                     All 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, the whole <BR> 1a) all, the whole of <BR> 1b) any, each, every, anything <BR> 1c) totality, everything 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kāl-
         All 
    
 
        
            יֹשְׁבֵ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יֹשְׁבֵ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yō·šə·ḇê
                
                
                     the inhabitants 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3427 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to dwell, remain, sit, abide <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to sit, sit down <BR> 1a2) to be set <BR> 1a3) to remain, stay <BR> 1a4) to dwell, have one's abode <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be inhabited <BR> 1c) (Piel) to set, place <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to cause to sit <BR> 1d2) to cause to abide, set <BR> 1d3) to cause to dwell <BR> 1d4) to cause (cities) to be inhabited <BR> 1d5) to marry (give an dwelling to) <BR> 1e) (Hophal) <BR> 1e1) to be inhabited <BR> 1e2) to make to dwell 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yō·šə·ḇê
         the inhabitants 
    
 
        
            הָ֠הָר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָ֠הָר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·hār
                
                
                     of the hill country 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2022 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) hill, mountain, hill country, mount 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·hār
         of the hill country 
    
 
        
            מִֽן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִֽן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    min-
                
                
                     from 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4480 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) from, out of, on account of, off, on the side of, since, above, than, so that not, more than <BR> 1a) from (expressing separation), off, on the side of <BR> 1b) out of <BR> 1b1) (with verbs of proceeding, removing, expelling) <BR> 1b2) (of material from which something is made) <BR> 1b3) (of source or origin) <BR> 1c) out of, some of, from (partitively) <BR> 1d) from, since, after (of time) <BR> 1e) than, more than (in comparison) <BR> 1f) from...even to, both...and, either...or <BR> 1g) than, more than, too much for (in comparisons) <BR> 1h) from, on account of, through, because (with infinitive) <BR> conj <BR> 2) that 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        min-
         from 
    
 
        
            הַלְּבָנ֞וֹן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַלְּבָנ֞וֹן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hal·lə·ḇā·nō·wn
                
                
                     Lebanon 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3844 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Lebanon = |whiteness|<BR> 1) a wooded mountain range on the northern border of Israel 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hal·lə·ḇā·nō·wn
         Lebanon 
    
 
        
            עַד־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַד־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘aḏ-
                
                
                     to 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5704 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) as far as, even to, until, up to, while, as far as <BR> 1a) of space <BR> 1a1) as far as, up to, even to <BR> 1b) in combination <BR> 1b1) from...as far as, both...and (with 'min' -from) <BR> 1c) of time <BR> 1c1) even to, until, unto, till, during, end <BR> 1d) of degree <BR> 1d1) even to, to the degree of, even like <BR> conj <BR> 2) until, while, to the point that, so that even 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘aḏ-
         to 
    
 
        
            מִשְׂרְפֹ֥ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִשְׂרְפֹ֥ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miś·rə·p̄ōṯ
                
                
                     vvv 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4956 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Misrephoth-maim = |burnings of water|<BR> 1) a place in northern Palestine near Sidon 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miś·rə·p̄ōṯ
         vvv 
    
 
        
            מַ֙יִם֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַ֙יִם֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ma·yim
                
                
                     Misrephoth-maim — 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4956 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Misrephoth-maim = |burnings of water|<BR> 1) a place in northern Palestine near Sidon 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ma·yim
         Misrephoth-maim — 
    
 
        
            כָּל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָּל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kāl-
                
                
                     all 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, the whole <BR> 1a) all, the whole of <BR> 1b) any, each, every, anything <BR> 1c) totality, everything 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kāl-
         all 
    
 
        
            צִ֣ידֹנִ֔ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
צִ֣ידֹנִ֔ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṣî·ḏō·nîm
                
                
                     the Sidonians — 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6722 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Sidonians = see hunting |hunting|<BR> 1) an inhabitant of Sidon 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṣî·ḏō·nîm
         the Sidonians — 
    
 
        
            אָֽנֹכִי֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אָֽנֹכִי֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ā·nō·ḵî
                
                
                     I Myself 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        595 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) I (first pers. sing.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ā·nō·ḵî
         I Myself 
    
 
        
            אוֹרִישֵׁ֔ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אוֹרִישֵׁ֔ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ō·w·rî·šêm
                
                
                     will drive out 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Hifil - Imperfect - first person common singular | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3423 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to seize, dispossess, take possession off, inherit, disinherit, occupy, impoverish, be an heir <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to take possession of <BR> 1a2) to inherit <BR> 1a3) to impoverish, come to poverty, be poor <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be dispossessed, be impoverished, come to poverty <BR> 1c) (Piel) to devour <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to cause to possess or inherit <BR> 1d2) to cause others to possess or inherit <BR> 1d3) to impoverish <BR> 1d4) to dispossess <BR> 1d5) to destroy, bring to ruin, disinherit 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ō·w·rî·šêm
         will drive out 
    
 
        
            מִפְּנֵ֖י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִפְּנֵ֖י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mip·pə·nê
                
                
                     before 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Noun - common plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6440 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) face <BR> 1a) face, faces <BR> 1b) presence, person <BR> 1c) face (of seraphim or cherubim) <BR> 1d) face (of animals) <BR> 1e) face, surface (of ground) <BR> 1f) as adv of loc/temp <BR> 1f1) before and behind, toward, in front of, forward, formerly, from beforetime, before <BR> 1g) with prep <BR> 1g1) in front of, before, to the front of, in the presence of, in the face of, at the face or front of, from the presence of, from before, from before the face of 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mip·pə·nê
         before 
    
 
        
            בְּנֵ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּנֵ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·nê
                
                
                     the Israelites 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·nê
         the Israelites 
    
 
        
            יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiś·rā·’êl
                
                
                     . . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3478 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Israel = |God prevails|<BR> 1) the second name for Jacob given to him by God after his wrestling with the angel at Peniel <BR> 2) the name of the descendants and the nation of the descendants of Jacob <BR> 2a) the name of the nation until the death of Solomon and the split <BR> 2b) the name used and given to the northern kingdom consisting of the 10 tribes under Jeroboam; the southern kingdom was known as Judah <BR> 2c) the name of the nation after the return from exile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiś·rā·’êl
         . . . . 
    
 
        
            רַ֠ק 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רַ֠ק 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    raq
                
                
                     Be sure to 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7535 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) only, altogether, surely <BR> 1a) only <BR> 1b) only, nought but, altogether (in limitation) <BR> 1c) save, except (after a negative) <BR> 1d) only, altogether, surely (with an affirmative) <BR> 1e) if only, provided only (prefixed for emphasis) <BR> 1f) only, exclusively (for emphasis) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        raq
         Be sure to 
    
 
        
            הַפִּלֶ֤הָ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַפִּלֶ֤הָ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hap·pi·le·hā
                
                
                     divide it by lot 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Hifil - Imperative - masculine singular | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5307 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to fall, lie, be cast down, fail <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to fall <BR> 1a2) to fall (of violent death) <BR> 1a3) to fall prostrate, prostrate oneself before <BR> 1a4) to fall upon, attack, desert, fall away to, go away to, fall into the hand of <BR> 1a5) to fall short, fail, fall out, turn out, result <BR> 1a6) to settle, waste away, be offered, be inferior to <BR> 1a7) to lie, lie prostrate <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) <BR> 1b1) to cause to fall, fell, throw down, knock out, lay prostrate <BR> 1b2) to overthrow <BR> 1b3) to make the lot fall, assign by lot, apportion by lot <BR> 1b4) to let drop, cause to fail (fig.) <BR> 1b5) to cause to fall <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) <BR> 1c1) to throw or prostrate oneself, throw oneself upon <BR> 1c2) to lie prostrate, prostrate oneself <BR> 1d) (Pilel) to fall 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hap·pi·le·hā
         divide it by lot 
    
 
        
            בְּֽנַחֲלָ֔ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּֽנַחֲלָ֔ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·na·ḥă·lāh
                
                
                     as an inheritance 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5159 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) possession, property, inheritance, heritage <BR> 1a) property <BR> 1b) portion, share<BR> 1c) inheritance, portion 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·na·ḥă·lāh
         as an inheritance 
    
 
        
            לְיִשְׂרָאֵל֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְיִשְׂרָאֵל֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·yiś·rā·’êl
                
                
                     to Israel , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3478 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Israel = |God prevails|<BR> 1) the second name for Jacob given to him by God after his wrestling with the angel at Peniel <BR> 2) the name of the descendants and the nation of the descendants of Jacob <BR> 2a) the name of the nation until the death of Solomon and the split <BR> 2b) the name used and given to the northern kingdom consisting of the 10 tribes under Jeroboam; the southern kingdom was known as Judah <BR> 2c) the name of the nation after the return from exile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·yiś·rā·’êl
         to Israel , 
    
 
        
            כַּאֲשֶׁ֖ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כַּאֲשֶׁ֖ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ka·’ă·šer
                
                
                     as 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-k | Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ka·’ă·šer
         as 
    
 
        
            צִוִּיתִֽיךָ׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
צִוִּיתִֽיךָ׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṣiw·wî·ṯî·ḵā
                
                
                     I have commanded you . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Piel - Perfect - first person common singular | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6680 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to command, charge, give orders, lay charge, give charge to, order <BR> 1a)(Piel) <BR> 1a1) to lay charge upon <BR> 1a2) to give charge to, give command to <BR> 1a3) to give charge unto <BR> 1a4) to give charge over, appoint <BR> 1a5) to give charge, command <BR> 1a6) to charge, command <BR> 1a7) to charge, commission <BR> 1a8) to command, appoint, ordain (of divine act) <BR> 1b) (Pual) to be commanded 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṣiw·wî·ṯî·ḵā
         I have commanded you . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Now therefore divide this land as an inheritance to the nine tribes and the half-tribe of Manasseh.”
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְעַתָּ֗ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְעַתָּ֗ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·‘at·tāh
                
                
                     Now therefore 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6258 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) now <BR> 1a) now <BR> 1b) in phrases 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·‘at·tāh
         Now therefore 
    
 
        
            חַלֵּ֞ק 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חַלֵּ֞ק 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥal·lêq
                
                
                     divide 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Piel - Imperative - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2505 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to divide, share, plunder, allot, apportion, assign <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to divide, apportion <BR> 1a2) to assign, distribute <BR> 1a3) to assign, impart <BR> 1a4) to share <BR> 1a5) to divide up, plunder <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to divide oneself <BR> 1b2) to be divided <BR> 1b3) to assign, distribute <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to divide, apportion <BR> 1c2) to assign, distribute <BR> 1c3) to scatter <BR> 1d) (Pual) to be divided <BR> 1e) (Hiphil) to receive a portion or part <BR> 1f) (Hithpael) to divide among themselves <BR> 2) to be smooth, slippery, deceitful <BR> 2a) (Qal) to be smooth, slippery <BR> 2b) (Hiphil) <BR> 2b1) to be smooth <BR> 2b2) to flatter 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥal·lêq
         divide 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            הַזֹּ֛את 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַזֹּ֛את 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    haz·zōṯ
                
                
                     this 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Pronoun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2063 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) this, this one, here, which, this...that, the one...the other, such <BR> 1a) (alone) <BR> 1a1) this one <BR> 1a2) this...that, the one...the other, another <BR> 1b) (appos to subst) <BR> 1b1) this <BR> 1c) (as predicate) <BR> 1c1) this, such <BR> 1d) (enclitically) <BR> 1d1) then <BR> 1d2) who, whom <BR> 1d3) how now, what now <BR> 1d4) what now <BR> 1d5) wherefore now <BR> 1d6) behold here <BR> 1d7) just now <BR> 1d8) now, now already <BR> 1e) (poetry) <BR> 1e1) wherein, which, those who <BR> 1f) (with prefixes) <BR> 1f1) in this (place) here, then <BR> 1f2) on these conditions, herewith, thus provided, by, through this, for this cause, in this matter <BR> 1f3) thus and thus <BR> 1f4) as follows, things such as these, accordingly, to that effect, in like manner, thus and thus <BR> 1f5) from here, hence, on one side...on the other side <BR> 1f6) on this account <BR> 1f7) in spite of this, which, whence, how 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        haz·zōṯ
         this 
    
 
        
            הָאָ֧רֶץ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָאָ֧רֶץ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’ā·reṣ
                
                
                     land 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        776 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) land, earth<BR> 1a) earth <BR> 1a1) whole earth (as opposed to a part) <BR> 1a2) earth (as opposed to heaven) <BR> 1a3) earth (inhabitants) <BR> 1b) land <BR> 1b1) country, territory <BR> 1b2) district, region <BR> 1b3) tribal territory <BR> 1b4) piece of ground <BR> 1b5) land of Canaan, Israel <BR> 1b6) inhabitants of land <BR> 1b7) Sheol, land without return, (under) world <BR> 1b8) city (-state) <BR> 1c) ground, surface of the earth <BR> 1c1) ground <BR> 1c2) soil <BR> 1d) (in phrases) <BR> 1d1) people of the land <BR> 1d2) space or distance of country (in measurements of distance) <BR> 1d3) level or plain country <BR> 1d4) land of the living <BR> 1d5) end(s) of the earth <BR> 1e) (almost wholly late in usage) <BR> 1e1) lands, countries <BR> 1e1a) often in contrast to Canaan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’ā·reṣ
         land 
    
 
        
            בְּנַחֲלָ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּנַחֲלָ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·na·ḥă·lāh
                
                
                     as an inheritance 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5159 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) possession, property, inheritance, heritage <BR> 1a) property <BR> 1b) portion, share<BR> 1c) inheritance, portion 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·na·ḥă·lāh
         as an inheritance 
    
 
        
            לְתִשְׁעַ֣ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְתִשְׁעַ֣ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ṯiš·‘aṯ
                
                
                     to the nine 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Number - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8672 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) nine, nonad <BR> 1a) nine (as cardinal number) <BR> 1b) ninth (as ordinal number) <BR> 1c) in combination with other numbers 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ṯiš·‘aṯ
         to the nine 
    
 
        
            הַשְּׁבָטִ֑ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַשְּׁבָטִ֑ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    haš·šə·ḇā·ṭîm
                
                
                     tribes 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7626 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) rod, staff, branch, offshoot, club, sceptre, tribe <BR> 1a) rod, staff <BR> 1b) shaft (of spear, dart) <BR> 1c) club (of shepherd's implement) <BR> 1d) truncheon, sceptre (mark of authority) <BR> 1e) clan, tribe 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        haš·šə·ḇā·ṭîm
         tribes 
    
 
        
            וַחֲצִ֖י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַחֲצִ֖י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wa·ḥă·ṣî
                
                
                     and the half-tribe 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2677 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) half <BR> 1a) half <BR> 1b) middle 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wa·ḥă·ṣî
         and the half-tribe 
    
 
        
            הַשֵּׁ֥בֶט 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַשֵּׁ֥בֶט 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    haš·šê·ḇeṭ
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7626 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) rod, staff, branch, offshoot, club, sceptre, tribe <BR> 1a) rod, staff <BR> 1b) shaft (of spear, dart) <BR> 1c) club (of shepherd's implement) <BR> 1d) truncheon, sceptre (mark of authority) <BR> 1e) clan, tribe 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        haš·šê·ḇeṭ
         . . . 
    
 
        
            הַֽמְנַשֶּֽׁה׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַֽמְנַשֶּֽׁה׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ham·naš·šeh
                
                
                     of Manasseh . ” 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4519 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Manasseh = |causing to forget|<BR> 1) the eldest son of Joseph and progenitor of the tribe of Manasseh <BR> 1a) the tribe descended from Manasseh <BR> 1b) the territory occupied by the tribe of Manasseh <BR> 2) son of king Hezekiah of Judah and himself king of Judah; he was the immediate and direct cause for the exile <BR> 3) a descendant of Pahath-moab who put away a foreign wife in the time of Ezra <BR> 4) a descendant of Hashum who put away a foreign wife in the time of Ezra 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ham·naš·šeh
         of Manasseh . ” 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            The other half of Manasseh, along with the Reubenites and Gadites, had received the inheritance Moses had given them beyond the Jordan to the east, just as Moses the servant of the LORD had assigned to them:
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            עִמּ֗וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עִמּ֗וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘im·mōw
                
                
                     The other [half of Manasseh] , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5973 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) with <BR> 1a) with <BR> 1b) against <BR> 1c) toward <BR> 1d) as long as <BR> 1e) beside, except<BR> 1f) in spite of 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘im·mōw
         The other [half of Manasseh] , 
    
 
        
            הָרֽאוּבֵנִי֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָרֽאוּבֵנִי֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·r·’ū·ḇê·nî
                
                
                     along with the Reubenites 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7206 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Reubenite = see Reuben |behold a son|<BR> 1) a descendant of Reuben the son of Jacob 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·r·’ū·ḇê·nî
         along with the Reubenites 
    
 
        
            וְהַגָּדִ֔י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהַגָּדִ֔י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·hag·gā·ḏî
                
                
                     and Gadites , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Article | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1425 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Gadite = |an invader: a troop: fortune|<BR> 1) one of the tribe descended from Gad 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·hag·gā·ḏî
         and Gadites , 
    
 
        
            לָקְח֖וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָקְח֖וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā·qə·ḥū
                
                
                     had received 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3947 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to take, get, fetch, lay hold of, seize, receive, acquire, buy, bring, marry, take a wife, snatch, take away <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to take, take in the hand <BR> 1a2) to take and carry along <BR> 1a3) to take from, take out of, take, carry away, take away <BR> 1a4) to take to or for a person, procure, get, take possession of, select, choose, take in marriage, receive, accept <BR> 1a5) to take up or upon, put upon <BR> 1a6) to fetch <BR> 1a7) to take, lead, conduct <BR> 1a8) to take, capture, seize <BR> 1a9) to take, carry off 1a10) to take (vengeance) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be captured <BR> 1b2) to be taken away, be removed <BR> 1b3) to be taken, brought unto <BR> 1c) (Pual) <BR> 1c1) to be taken from or out of <BR> 1c2) to be stolen from <BR> 1c3) to be taken captive <BR> 1c4) to be taken away, be removed <BR> 1d) (Hophal) <BR> 1d1) to be taken unto, be brought unto <BR> 1d2) to be taken out of <BR> 1d3) to be taken away <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) <BR> 1e1) to take hold of oneself <BR> 1e2) to flash about (of lightning) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā·qə·ḥū
         had received 
    
 
        
            נַחֲלָתָ֑ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נַחֲלָתָ֑ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    na·ḥă·lā·ṯām
                
                
                     the inheritance 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5159 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) possession, property, inheritance, heritage <BR> 1a) property <BR> 1b) portion, share<BR> 1c) inheritance, portion 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        na·ḥă·lā·ṯām
         the inheritance 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁר֩ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁר֩ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer
                
                
                     
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer
         
    
 
        
            מֹשֶׁ֗ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֹשֶׁ֗ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mō·šeh
                
                
                     Moses 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4872 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Moses = |drawn|<BR> 1) the prophet and lawgiver, leader of the exodus 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mō·šeh
         Moses 
    
 
        
            נָתַ֨ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נָתַ֨ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nā·ṯan
                
                
                     had given 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5414 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to give, put, set <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to give, bestow, grant, permit, ascribe, employ, devote, consecrate, dedicate, pay wages, sell, exchange, lend, commit, entrust, give over, deliver up, yield produce, occasion, produce, requite to, report, mention, utter, stretch out, extend <BR> 1a2) to put, set, put on, put upon, set, appoint, assign, designate <BR> 1a3) to make, constitute <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be given, be bestowed, be provided, be entrusted to, be granted to, be permitted, be issued, be published, be uttered, be assigned <BR> 1b2) to be set, be put, be made, be inflicted <BR> 1c) (Hophal) <BR> 1c1) to be given, be bestowed, be given up, be delivered up <BR> 1c2) to be put upon 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nā·ṯan
         had given 
    
 
        
            לָהֶ֜ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָהֶ֜ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā·hem
                
                
                     them 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā·hem
         them 
    
 
        
            בְּעֵ֤בֶר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּעֵ֤בֶר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·‘ê·ḇer
                
                
                     beyond 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5676 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) region beyond or across, side <BR> 1a) region across or beyond <BR> 1b) side, opposite side 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·‘ê·ḇer
         beyond 
    
 
        
            הַיַּרְדֵּן֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַיַּרְדֵּן֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hay·yar·dên
                
                
                     the Jordan 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3383 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jordan = |descender|<BR> 1) the river of Palestine running from the roots of Anti-Lebanon to the Dead Sea a distance of approx 200 miles (320 km) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hay·yar·dên
         the Jordan 
    
 
        
            מִזְרָ֔חָה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִזְרָ֔חָה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miz·rā·ḥāh
                
                
                     to the east , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4217 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) place of sunrise, east <BR> 1a) sunrise, east (with 'sun') <BR> 1b) the east (without 'sun') <BR> 1b1) to or toward the place of sunrise <BR> 1b2) to the east, eastward 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miz·rā·ḥāh
         to the east , 
    
 
        
            כַּאֲשֶׁר֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כַּאֲשֶׁר֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ka·’ă·šer
                
                
                     just as 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-k | Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ka·’ă·šer
         just as 
    
 
        
            מֹשֶׁ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֹשֶׁ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mō·šeh
                
                
                     Moses 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4872 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Moses = |drawn|<BR> 1) the prophet and lawgiver, leader of the exodus 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mō·šeh
         Moses 
    
 
        
            עֶ֥בֶד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֶ֥בֶד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘e·ḇeḏ
                
                
                     the servant 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5650 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) slave, servant <BR> 1a) slave, servant, man-servant <BR> 1b) subjects <BR> 1c) servants, worshippers (of God) <BR> 1d) servant (in special sense as prophets, Levites etc) <BR> 1e) servant (of Israel) <BR> 1f) servant (as form of address between equals) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘e·ḇeḏ
         the servant 
    
 
        
            יְהוָֽה׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָֽה׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     of the LORD 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         of the LORD 
    
 
        
            נָתַ֣ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נָתַ֣ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nā·ṯan
                
                
                     had assigned 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5414 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to give, put, set <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to give, bestow, grant, permit, ascribe, employ, devote, consecrate, dedicate, pay wages, sell, exchange, lend, commit, entrust, give over, deliver up, yield produce, occasion, produce, requite to, report, mention, utter, stretch out, extend <BR> 1a2) to put, set, put on, put upon, set, appoint, assign, designate <BR> 1a3) to make, constitute <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be given, be bestowed, be provided, be entrusted to, be granted to, be permitted, be issued, be published, be uttered, be assigned <BR> 1b2) to be set, be put, be made, be inflicted <BR> 1c) (Hophal) <BR> 1c1) to be given, be bestowed, be given up, be delivered up <BR> 1c2) to be put upon 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nā·ṯan
         had assigned 
    
 
        
            לָהֶ֔ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָהֶ֔ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā·hem
                
                
                     to them : 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā·hem
         to them : 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            The area from Aroer on the rim of the Arnon Valley, along with the city in the middle of the valley, the whole plateau of Medeba as far as Dibon,
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            מֵעֲרוֹעֵ֡ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֵעֲרוֹעֵ֡ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mê·‘ă·rō·w·‘êr
                
                
                     [The area] from Aroer 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6177 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Aroer = |ruins|<BR> 1) a city on the north bank of the river Arnon, the southern point of the territory of Sihon the king of the Amorites and later of Reuben; modern 'Arair' <BR> 2) a city in Ammon near the Jabbok belonging to Gad <BR> 3) a town in southern Judah 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mê·‘ă·rō·w·‘êr
         [The area] from Aroer 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁר֩ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁר֩ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer
         - 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     on 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         on 
    
 
        
            שְׂפַת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׂפַת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    śə·p̄aṯ-
                
                
                     the rim 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8193 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) lip, language, speech, shore, bank, brink, brim, side, edge, border, binding <BR> 1a) lip (as body part) <BR> 1b) language <BR> 1c) edge, shore, bank (of cup, sea, river, etc) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        śə·p̄aṯ-
         the rim 
    
 
        
            אַרְנ֜וֹן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַרְנ֜וֹן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ar·nō·wn
                
                
                     of the Arnon 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        769 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Arnon = |rushing stream|<BR> 1) a river and surrounding valley in south Palestine, forms the border between Moab and the Amorites 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ar·nō·wn
         of the Arnon 
    
 
        
            נַ֨חַל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נַ֨חַל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    na·ḥal
                
                
                     Valley , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5158 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) torrent, valley, wadi, torrent-valley <BR> 1a) torrent <BR> 1b) torrent-valley, wadi (as stream bed) <BR> 1c) shaft (of mine) <BR> 2) palm-tree <BR> 2a) meaning dubious 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        na·ḥal
         Valley , 
    
 
        
            וְהָעִ֨יר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהָעִ֨יר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·hā·‘îr
                
                
                     along with the city 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5892 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) excitement, anguish <BR> 1a) of terror <BR> 2) city, town (a place of waking, guarded) <BR> 2a) city, town 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·hā·‘îr
         along with the city 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁ֧ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁ֧ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer
         - 
    
 
        
            בְּתוֹךְ־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּתוֹךְ־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·ṯō·wḵ-
                
                
                     in the middle 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8432 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) midst, middle <BR> 1a) midst, middle <BR> 1b) into, through (after verbs of motion) <BR> 1c) among (of a number of persons) <BR> 1d) between (of things arranged by twos) <BR> 1e) from among (as to take or separate etc) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·ṯō·wḵ-
         in the middle 
    
 
        
            הַנַּ֛חַל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַנַּ֛חַל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    han·na·ḥal
                
                
                     of the valley , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5158 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) torrent, valley, wadi, torrent-valley <BR> 1a) torrent <BR> 1b) torrent-valley, wadi (as stream bed) <BR> 1c) shaft (of mine) <BR> 2) palm-tree <BR> 2a) meaning dubious 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        han·na·ḥal
         of the valley , 
    
 
        
            וְכָל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְכָל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḵāl
                
                
                     the whole 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, the whole <BR> 1a) all, the whole of <BR> 1b) any, each, every, anything <BR> 1c) totality, everything 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḵāl
         the whole 
    
 
        
            הַמִּישֹׁ֥ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַמִּישֹׁ֥ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ham·mî·šōr
                
                
                     plateau 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4334 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) level place, uprightness <BR> 1a) level country, table-land, plain <BR> 1b) level place <BR> 1c) uprightness 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ham·mî·šōr
         plateau 
    
 
        
            מֵידְבָ֖א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֵידְבָ֖א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mê·ḏə·ḇā
                
                
                     of Medeba 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4311 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Medeba = |water of rest|<BR> 1) a town in Moab assigned to Reuben and located 4 miles (6 km) southwest of Heshbon; still extant 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mê·ḏə·ḇā
         of Medeba 
    
 
        
            עַד־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַד־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘aḏ-
                
                
                     as 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5704 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) as far as, even to, until, up to, while, as far as <BR> 1a) of space <BR> 1a1) as far as, up to, even to <BR> 1b) in combination <BR> 1b1) from...as far as, both...and (with 'min' -from) <BR> 1c) of time <BR> 1c1) even to, until, unto, till, during, end <BR> 1d) of degree <BR> 1d1) even to, to the degree of, even like <BR> conj <BR> 2) until, while, to the point that, so that even 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘aḏ-
         as 
    
 
        
            דִּיבֽוֹן׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּיבֽוֹן׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî·ḇō·wn
                
                
                     far as Dibon , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1769 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Dibon = |wasting|<BR> 1) a town in Moab on the east side of the Jordan which was taken over by the Israelites and rebuilt by the children of Gad <BR> 2) a place in south Judah reinhabited by the men of Judah after the return from captivity 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî·ḇō·wn
         far as Dibon , 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            and all the cities of Sihon king of the Amorites who reigned in Heshbon, as far as the border of the Ammonites;
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְכֹ֗ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְכֹ֗ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḵōl
                
                
                     and all 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, the whole <BR> 1a) all, the whole of <BR> 1b) any, each, every, anything <BR> 1c) totality, everything 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḵōl
         and all 
    
 
        
            עָרֵי֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עָרֵי֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ā·rê
                
                
                     the cities 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5892 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) excitement, anguish <BR> 1a) of terror <BR> 2) city, town (a place of waking, guarded) <BR> 2a) city, town 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ā·rê
         the cities 
    
 
        
            סִיחוֹן֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
סִיחוֹן֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    sî·ḥō·wn
                
                
                     of Sihon 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5511 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Sihon = |warrior|<BR> 1) king of the Amorites at the time of the conquest and defeated by Moses in Transjordan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        sî·ḥō·wn
         of Sihon 
    
 
        
            מֶ֣לֶךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֶ֣לֶךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    me·leḵ
                
                
                     king 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4428 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        me·leḵ
         king 
    
 
        
            הָאֱמֹרִ֔י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָאֱמֹרִ֔י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’ĕ·mō·rî
                
                
                     of the Amorites 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        567 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Amorite = |a sayer|<BR> 1) one of the peoples of east Canaan and beyond the Jordan, dispossessed by the Israelite incursion from Egypt 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’ĕ·mō·rî
         of the Amorites 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁ֥ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁ֥ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer
                
                
                     who 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer
         who 
    
 
        
            מָלַ֖ךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מָלַ֖ךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mā·laḵ
                
                
                     reigned 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4427 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be or become king or queen, reign <BR> 1a) (Qal) to be or become king or queen, reign <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) to make one king or queen, cause to reign <BR> 1c) (Hophal) to be made king or queen <BR> 2) to counsel, advise <BR> 2a) (Niphal) to consider 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mā·laḵ
         reigned 
    
 
        
            בְּחֶשְׁבּ֑וֹן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּחֶשְׁבּ֑וֹן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·ḥeš·bō·wn
                
                
                     in Heshbon , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2809 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Heshbon = |stronghold|<BR> 1) the capital city of Sihon, king of the Amorites, located on the western border of the high plain and on the border line between the tribes of Reuben and Gad 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·ḥeš·bō·wn
         in Heshbon , 
    
 
        
            עַד־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַד־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘aḏ-
                
                
                     as far as 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5704 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) as far as, even to, until, up to, while, as far as <BR> 1a) of space <BR> 1a1) as far as, up to, even to <BR> 1b) in combination <BR> 1b1) from...as far as, both...and (with 'min' -from) <BR> 1c) of time <BR> 1c1) even to, until, unto, till, during, end <BR> 1d) of degree <BR> 1d1) even to, to the degree of, even like <BR> conj <BR> 2) until, while, to the point that, so that even 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘aḏ-
         as far as 
    
 
        
            גְּב֖וּל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גְּב֖וּל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    gə·ḇūl
                
                
                     the border 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1366 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) border, territory <BR> 1a) border <BR> 1b) territory (enclosed within boundary) <BR> 1c) region, territory (of darkness) (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        gə·ḇūl
         the border 
    
 
        
            בְּנֵ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּנֵ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·nê
                
                
                     of the Ammonites 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·nê
         of the Ammonites 
    
 
        
            עַמּֽוֹן׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַמּֽוֹן׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘am·mō·wn
                
                
                     . . . ; 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5983 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Ammon = |tribal|<BR> 1) a people dwelling in Transjordan descended from Lot through Ben-ammi 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘am·mō·wn
         . . . ; 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            also Gilead and the territory of the Geshurites and Maacathites, all of Mount Hermon, and all Bashan as far as Salecah—
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וּגְב֧וּל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּגְב֧וּל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḡə·ḇūl
                
                
                     and the territory 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1366 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) border, territory <BR> 1a) border <BR> 1b) territory (enclosed within boundary) <BR> 1c) region, territory (of darkness) (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḡə·ḇūl
         and the territory 
    
 
        
            הַגְּשׁוּרִ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַגְּשׁוּרִ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hag·gə·šū·rî
                
                
                     of the Geshurites 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1651 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Geshuri or Geshurites = see Geshur<BR> 1) inhabitants of Geshur <BR> 2) a tribe in south Palestine of or near the Philistines 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hag·gə·šū·rî
         of the Geshurites 
    
 
        
            וְהַמַּעֲכָתִ֗י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהַמַּעֲכָתִ֗י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ham·ma·‘ă·ḵā·ṯî
                
                
                     and Maacathites , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Article | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4602 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Maachathite = |pressure (literally she has pressed)|<BR> 1) used of one of David's mighty warriors <BR> 2) used of an associate of Ishmael coll<BR> 3) a people dwelling in Transjordan, probably descendants of Maachah 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ham·ma·‘ă·ḵā·ṯî
         and Maacathites , 
    
 
        
            וְכֹ֨ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְכֹ֨ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḵōl
                
                
                     all 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, the whole <BR> 1a) all, the whole of <BR> 1b) any, each, every, anything <BR> 1c) totality, everything 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḵōl
         all 
    
 
        
            הַ֥ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַ֥ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    har
                
                
                     of Mount 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2022 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) hill, mountain, hill country, mount 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        har
         of Mount 
    
 
        
            חֶרְמ֛וֹן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֶרְמ֛וֹן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥer·mō·wn
                
                
                     Hermon , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Hermon = |a sanctuary|<BR> 1) a mountain on the northeastern border of Palestine and Lebanon and overlooking the border city of Dan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥer·mō·wn
         Hermon , 
    
 
        
            וְכָל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְכָל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḵāl
                
                
                     and all 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, the whole <BR> 1a) all, the whole of <BR> 1b) any, each, every, anything <BR> 1c) totality, everything 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḵāl
         and all 
    
 
        
            הַבָּשָׁ֖ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַבָּשָׁ֖ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hab·bā·šān
                
                
                     Bashan 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1316 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Bashan = |fruitful|<BR> 1) a district east of the Jordan known for its fertility which was given to the half-tribe of Manasseh 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hab·bā·šān
         Bashan 
    
 
        
            עַד־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַד־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘aḏ-
                
                
                     as far as 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5704 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) as far as, even to, until, up to, while, as far as <BR> 1a) of space <BR> 1a1) as far as, up to, even to <BR> 1b) in combination <BR> 1b1) from...as far as, both...and (with 'min' -from) <BR> 1c) of time <BR> 1c1) even to, until, unto, till, during, end <BR> 1d) of degree <BR> 1d1) even to, to the degree of, even like <BR> conj <BR> 2) until, while, to the point that, so that even 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘aḏ-
         as far as 
    
 
        
            סַלְכָֽה׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
סַלְכָֽה׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    sal·ḵāh
                
                
                     Salecah — 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5548 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Salcah or Salchah = |migration|<BR> 1) a town or district at the extreme eastern limit of Bashan and allocated to the tribe of Gad; modern 'Sulkhad' which is 56 miles (90 km) east of the Jordan at the southern extremity of the Hauran mountain range 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        sal·ḵāh
         Salecah — 
    
 
        
            וְהַגִּלְעָ֞ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהַגִּלְעָ֞ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·hag·gil·‘āḏ
                
                
                     also Gilead 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Article | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1568 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        n pr loc Gilead = |rocky region|<BR> 1) a mountainous region bounded on the west by the Jordan, on the north by Bashan, on the east by the Arabian plateau, and on the south by Moab and Ammon; sometimes called 'Mount Gilead' or the 'land of Gilead' or just 'Gilead'. Divided into north and south Gilead <BR> 2) a city (with prefix 'Jabesh') <BR> 3) the people of the region <BR> n pr m <BR> 4) son of Machir and grandson of Manasseh <BR> 5) father of Jephthah <BR> 6) a Gadite 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·hag·gil·‘āḏ
         also Gilead 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            the whole kingdom of Og in Bashan, who had reigned in Ashtaroth and Edrei and had remained as a remnant of the Rephaim. Moses had struck them down and dispossessed them,
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            כָּל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָּל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kāl-
                
                
                     the whole 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, the whole <BR> 1a) all, the whole of <BR> 1b) any, each, every, anything <BR> 1c) totality, everything 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kāl-
         the whole 
    
 
        
            מַמְלְכ֥וּת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַמְלְכ֥וּת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mam·lə·ḵūṯ
                
                
                     kingdom 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4468 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) kingdom, dominion, reign, sovereignty <BR> 1a) kingdom <BR> 1b) dominion, royal power <BR> 1c) reign 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mam·lə·ḵūṯ
         kingdom 
    
 
        
            עוֹג֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עוֹג֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ō·wḡ
                
                
                     of Og 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5747 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Og = |long-necked|<BR> 1) the Amorite king of Bashan and one of the last representatives of the giants of Rephaim 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ō·wḡ
         of Og 
    
 
        
            בַּבָּשָׁ֔ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בַּבָּשָׁ֔ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bab·bā·šān
                
                
                     in Bashan , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b, Article | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1316 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Bashan = |fruitful|<BR> 1) a district east of the Jordan known for its fertility which was given to the half-tribe of Manasseh 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bab·bā·šān
         in Bashan , 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁר־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁר־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer-
                
                
                     who 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer-
         who 
    
 
        
            מָלַ֥ךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מָלַ֥ךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mā·laḵ
                
                
                     had reigned 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4427 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be or become king or queen, reign <BR> 1a) (Qal) to be or become king or queen, reign <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) to make one king or queen, cause to reign <BR> 1c) (Hophal) to be made king or queen <BR> 2) to counsel, advise <BR> 2a) (Niphal) to consider 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mā·laḵ
         had reigned 
    
 
        
            בְּעַשְׁתָּר֖וֹת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּעַשְׁתָּר֖וֹת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·‘aš·tā·rō·wṯ
                
                
                     in Ashtaroth 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6252 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Ashtaroth or Astaroth = |star| <BR> n pr f deity<BR> 1) false goddesses in the Canaanite religion, usually related to fertility cult <BR> n pr loc <BR> 2) a city in Bashan east of the Jordan given to Manasseh <BR> 2a) same as H06255 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·‘aš·tā·rō·wṯ
         in Ashtaroth 
    
 
        
            וּבְאֶדְרֶ֑עִי 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּבְאֶדְרֶ֑עִי 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḇə·’eḏ·re·‘î
                
                
                     and Edrei 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-b | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        154 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Edrei = |goodly pasture|<BR> 1) a chief city of Bashan, north of Jabbok river 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḇə·’eḏ·re·‘î
         and Edrei 
    
 
        
            ה֤וּא 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
ה֤וּא 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hū
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1931 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        pron 3p s<BR> 1) he, she, it <BR> 1a) himself (with emphasis) <BR> 1b) resuming subj with emphasis <BR> 1c) (with minimum emphasis following predicate) <BR> 1d) (anticipating subj) <BR> 1e) (emphasising predicate) <BR> 1f) that, it (neuter) demons pron <BR> 2) that (with article) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hū
         - 
    
 
        
            נִשְׁאַר֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נִשְׁאַר֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    niš·’ar
                
                
                     and had remained 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Nifal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7604 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to remain, be left over, be left behind <BR> 1a) (Qal) to remain <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be left over, be left alive, survive <BR> 1b1a) remainder, remnant (participle) <BR> 1b2) to be left behind <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to leave over, spare <BR> 1c2) to leave or keep over <BR> 1c3) to have left <BR> 1c4) to leave (as a gift) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        niš·’ar
         and had remained 
    
 
        
            מִיֶּ֣תֶר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִיֶּ֣תֶר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mî·ye·ṯer
                
                
                     as a remnant 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3499 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) remainder, excess, rest, remnant, excellence <BR> 1a) remainder, remnant <BR> 1b) remainder, rest, other part <BR> 1c) excess <BR> 1d) abundantly (adv) <BR> 1e) abundance, affluence <BR> 1f) superiority, excellency 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mî·ye·ṯer
         as a remnant 
    
 
        
            הָרְפָאִ֔ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָרְפָאִ֔ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·rə·p̄ā·’îm
                
                
                     of the Rephaim . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - proper - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7497 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) giants, Rephaim <BR> 1a) old tribe of giants 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·rə·p̄ā·’îm
         of the Rephaim . 
    
 
        
            מֹשֶׁ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֹשֶׁ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mō·šeh
                
                
                     Moses 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4872 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Moses = |drawn|<BR> 1) the prophet and lawgiver, leader of the exodus 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mō·šeh
         Moses 
    
 
        
            וַיַּכֵּ֥ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיַּכֵּ֥ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yak·kêm
                
                
                     had struck them down 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Hifil - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5221 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to strike, smite, hit, beat, slay, kill<BR> 1a)(Niphal) to be stricken or smitten <BR> 1b) (Pual) to be stricken or smitten <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to smite, strike, beat, scourge, clap, applaud, give a thrust <BR> 1c2) to smite, kill, slay (man or beast) <BR> 1c3) to smite, attack, attack and destroy, conquer, subjugate, ravage <BR> 1c4) to smite, chastise, send judgment upon, punish, destroy <BR> 1d) (Hophal) to be smitten <BR> 1d1) to receive a blow <BR> 1d2) to be wounded <BR> 1d3) to be beaten <BR> 1d4) to be (fatally) smitten, be killed, be slain <BR> 1d5) to be attacked and captured <BR> 1d6) to be smitten (with disease) <BR> 1d7) to be blighted (of plants) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yak·kêm
         had struck them down 
    
 
        
            וַיֹּרִשֵֽׁם׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיֹּרִשֵֽׁם׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yō·ri·šêm
                
                
                     and dispossessed them , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Hifil - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3423 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to seize, dispossess, take possession off, inherit, disinherit, occupy, impoverish, be an heir <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to take possession of <BR> 1a2) to inherit <BR> 1a3) to impoverish, come to poverty, be poor <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be dispossessed, be impoverished, come to poverty <BR> 1c) (Piel) to devour <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to cause to possess or inherit <BR> 1d2) to cause others to possess or inherit <BR> 1d3) to impoverish <BR> 1d4) to dispossess <BR> 1d5) to destroy, bring to ruin, disinherit 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yō·ri·šêm
         and dispossessed them , 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            but the Israelites did not drive out the Geshurites or the Maacathites. So Geshur and Maacath dwell among the Israelites to this day.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            בְּנֵ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּנֵ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·nê
                
                
                     but the Israelites 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·nê
         but the Israelites 
    
 
        
            יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiś·rā·’êl
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3478 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Israel = |God prevails|<BR> 1) the second name for Jacob given to him by God after his wrestling with the angel at Peniel <BR> 2) the name of the descendants and the nation of the descendants of Jacob <BR> 2a) the name of the nation until the death of Solomon and the split <BR> 2b) the name used and given to the northern kingdom consisting of the 10 tribes under Jeroboam; the southern kingdom was known as Judah <BR> 2c) the name of the nation after the return from exile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiś·rā·’êl
         . . . 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            וְלֹ֤א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְלֹ֤א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·lō
                
                
                     did not 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3808 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) not, no <BR> 1a) not (with verb-absolute prohibition) <BR> 1b) not (with modifier-negation) <BR> 1c) nothing (subst) <BR> 1d) without (with particle) <BR> 1e) before (of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·lō
         did not 
    
 
        
            הוֹרִ֙ישׁוּ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הוֹרִ֙ישׁוּ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hō·w·rî·šū
                
                
                     drive out 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Hifil - Perfect - third person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3423 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to seize, dispossess, take possession off, inherit, disinherit, occupy, impoverish, be an heir <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to take possession of <BR> 1a2) to inherit <BR> 1a3) to impoverish, come to poverty, be poor <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be dispossessed, be impoverished, come to poverty <BR> 1c) (Piel) to devour <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to cause to possess or inherit <BR> 1d2) to cause others to possess or inherit <BR> 1d3) to impoverish <BR> 1d4) to dispossess <BR> 1d5) to destroy, bring to ruin, disinherit 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hō·w·rî·šū
         drive out 
    
 
        
            הַגְּשׁוּרִ֖י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַגְּשׁוּרִ֖י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hag·gə·šū·rî
                
                
                     the Geshurites 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1651 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Geshuri or Geshurites = see Geshur<BR> 1) inhabitants of Geshur <BR> 2) a tribe in south Palestine of or near the Philistines 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hag·gə·šū·rî
         the Geshurites 
    
 
        
            וְאֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’eṯ-
                
                
                     or 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’eṯ-
         or 
    
 
        
            הַמַּעֲכָתִ֑י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַמַּעֲכָתִ֑י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ham·ma·‘ă·ḵā·ṯî
                
                
                     the Maacathites . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4602 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Maachathite = |pressure (literally she has pressed)|<BR> 1) used of one of David's mighty warriors <BR> 2) used of an associate of Ishmael coll<BR> 3) a people dwelling in Transjordan, probably descendants of Maachah 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ham·ma·‘ă·ḵā·ṯî
         the Maacathites . 
    
 
        
            גְּשׁ֤וּר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גְּשׁ֤וּר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    gə·šūr
                
                
                     So Geshur 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1650 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Geshur or Geshurites = |proud beholder|<BR> 1) a people <BR> 2) a land in north Transjordania 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        gə·šūr
         So Geshur 
    
 
        
            וּמַֽעֲכָת֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּמַֽעֲכָת֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ma·‘ă·ḵāṯ
                
                
                     and Maacath 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4601 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Maachah = |oppression| <BR> n pr m <BR> 1) father of Achish, king of Gath at the beginning of Solomon's reign <BR> 2) father of Hanan, one of David's mighty warriors <BR> 3) a Simeonite, father of Shephatiah, prince of his tribe in the reign of David <BR> 4) son of Nahor by concubine Reumah <BR> n pr f <BR> 5) daughter of king Talmai of Geshur, wife or David, and mother of Absalom <BR> 6) daughter of Absalom, wife of king Rehoboam of Judah, and mother of king Abijam of Judah <BR> 7) concubine of Caleb the son of Hezron <BR> 8) wife of Machir of the tribe of Manasseh <BR> 9) wife of Jehiel, father of Gibeon <BR> Maachathites = |pressure (literally she has pressed)| <BR> n pr <BR> 10) a mercenary people hired to fight David 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ma·‘ă·ḵāṯ
         and Maacath 
    
 
        
            וַיֵּ֨שֶׁב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיֵּ֨שֶׁב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yê·šeḇ
                
                
                     dwell 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3427 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to dwell, remain, sit, abide <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to sit, sit down <BR> 1a2) to be set <BR> 1a3) to remain, stay <BR> 1a4) to dwell, have one's abode <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be inhabited <BR> 1c) (Piel) to set, place <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to cause to sit <BR> 1d2) to cause to abide, set <BR> 1d3) to cause to dwell <BR> 1d4) to cause (cities) to be inhabited <BR> 1d5) to marry (give an dwelling to) <BR> 1e) (Hophal) <BR> 1e1) to be inhabited <BR> 1e2) to make to dwell 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yê·šeḇ
         dwell 
    
 
        
            בְּקֶ֣רֶב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּקֶ֣רֶב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·qe·reḇ
                
                
                     among 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7130 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) midst, among, inner part, middle <BR> 1a) inward part <BR> 1a1) physical sense <BR> 1a2) as seat of thought and emotion <BR> 1a3) as faculty of thought and emotion <BR> 1b) in the midst, among, from among (of a number of persons) <BR> 1c) entrails (of sacrificial animals) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·qe·reḇ
         among 
    
 
        
            יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiś·rā·’êl
                
                
                     the Israelites 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3478 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Israel = |God prevails|<BR> 1) the second name for Jacob given to him by God after his wrestling with the angel at Peniel <BR> 2) the name of the descendants and the nation of the descendants of Jacob <BR> 2a) the name of the nation until the death of Solomon and the split <BR> 2b) the name used and given to the northern kingdom consisting of the 10 tribes under Jeroboam; the southern kingdom was known as Judah <BR> 2c) the name of the nation after the return from exile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiś·rā·’êl
         the Israelites 
    
 
        
            עַ֖ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַ֖ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘aḏ
                
                
                     to 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5704 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) as far as, even to, until, up to, while, as far as <BR> 1a) of space <BR> 1a1) as far as, up to, even to <BR> 1b) in combination <BR> 1b1) from...as far as, both...and (with 'min' -from) <BR> 1c) of time <BR> 1c1) even to, until, unto, till, during, end <BR> 1d) of degree <BR> 1d1) even to, to the degree of, even like <BR> conj <BR> 2) until, while, to the point that, so that even 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘aḏ
         to 
    
 
        
            הַזֶּֽה׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַזֶּֽה׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    haz·zeh
                
                
                     this 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Pronoun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2088 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) this, this one, here, which, this...that, the one...the other, another, such <BR> 1a) (alone) <BR> 1a1) this one <BR> 1a2) this...that, the one...the other, another <BR> 1b) (appos to subst) <BR> 1b1) this <BR> 1c) (as predicate) <BR> 1c1) this, such <BR> 1d) (enclitically) <BR> 1d1) then <BR> 1d2) who, whom <BR> 1d3) how now, what now <BR> 1d4) what now <BR> 1d5) wherefore now <BR> 1d6) behold here <BR> 1d7) just now <BR> 1d8) now, now already <BR> 1e) (poetry) <BR> 1e1) wherein, which, those who <BR> 1f) (with prefixes) <BR> 1f1) in this (place) here, then <BR> 1f2) on these conditions, herewith, thus provided, by, through this, for this cause, in this matter <BR> 1f3) thus and thus <BR> 1f4) as follows, things such as these, accordingly, to that effect, in like manner, thus and thus <BR> 1f5) from here, hence, on one side...on the other side <BR> 1f6) on this account <BR> 1f7) in spite of this, which, whence, how 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        haz·zeh
         this 
    
 
        
            הַיּ֥וֹם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַיּ֥וֹם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hay·yō·wm
                
                
                     day . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3117 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) day, time, year <BR> 1a) day (as opposed to night) <BR> 1b) day (24 hour period) <BR> 1b1) as defined by evening and morning in Genesis 1 <BR> 1b2) as a division of time <BR> 1b2a) a working day, a day's journey <BR> 1c) days, lifetime (pl.) <BR> 1d) time, period (general) <BR> 1e) year <BR> 1f) temporal references <BR> 1f1) today <BR> 1f2) yesterday <BR> 1f3) tomorrow 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hay·yō·wm
         day . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            To the tribe of Levi, however, Moses had given no inheritance. The food offerings to the LORD, the God of Israel, are their inheritance, just as He had promised them.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            לְשֵׁ֣בֶט 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְשֵׁ֣בֶט 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·šê·ḇeṭ
                
                
                     To the tribe 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7626 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) rod, staff, branch, offshoot, club, sceptre, tribe <BR> 1a) rod, staff <BR> 1b) shaft (of spear, dart) <BR> 1c) club (of shepherd's implement) <BR> 1d) truncheon, sceptre (mark of authority) <BR> 1e) clan, tribe 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·šê·ḇeṭ
         To the tribe 
    
 
        
            הַלֵּוִ֔י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַלֵּוִ֔י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hal·lê·wî
                
                
                     of Levi , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3878 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Levi = |joined to|<BR> 1) the 3rd son of Jacob by Leah and progenitor of tribe of Levites 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hal·lê·wî
         of Levi , 
    
 
        
            רַ֚ק 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רַ֚ק 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    raq
                
                
                     however , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7535 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) only, altogether, surely <BR> 1a) only <BR> 1b) only, nought but, altogether (in limitation) <BR> 1c) save, except (after a negative) <BR> 1d) only, altogether, surely (with an affirmative) <BR> 1e) if only, provided only (prefixed for emphasis) <BR> 1f) only, exclusively (for emphasis) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        raq
         however , 
    
 
        
            נָתַ֖ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נָתַ֖ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nā·ṯan
                
                
                     [Moses] had given 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5414 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to give, put, set <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to give, bestow, grant, permit, ascribe, employ, devote, consecrate, dedicate, pay wages, sell, exchange, lend, commit, entrust, give over, deliver up, yield produce, occasion, produce, requite to, report, mention, utter, stretch out, extend <BR> 1a2) to put, set, put on, put upon, set, appoint, assign, designate <BR> 1a3) to make, constitute <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be given, be bestowed, be provided, be entrusted to, be granted to, be permitted, be issued, be published, be uttered, be assigned <BR> 1b2) to be set, be put, be made, be inflicted <BR> 1c) (Hophal) <BR> 1c1) to be given, be bestowed, be given up, be delivered up <BR> 1c2) to be put upon 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nā·ṯan
         [Moses] had given 
    
 
        
            לֹ֥א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֹ֥א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lō
                
                
                     no 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3808 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) not, no <BR> 1a) not (with verb-absolute prohibition) <BR> 1b) not (with modifier-negation) <BR> 1c) nothing (subst) <BR> 1d) without (with particle) <BR> 1e) before (of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lō
         no 
    
 
        
            נַחֲלָ֑ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נַחֲלָ֑ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    na·ḥă·lāh
                
                
                     inheritance . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5159 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) possession, property, inheritance, heritage <BR> 1a) property <BR> 1b) portion, share<BR> 1c) inheritance, portion 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        na·ḥă·lāh
         inheritance . 
    
 
        
            אִשֵּׁ֨י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אִשֵּׁ֨י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’iš·šê
                
                
                     The offerings made by fire 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        801 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) burnt-offering, offering made by fire, fire offering 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’iš·šê
         The offerings made by fire 
    
 
        
            יְהוָ֜ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָ֜ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     to the LORD , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         to the LORD , 
    
 
        
            אֱלֹהֵ֤י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱלֹהֵ֤י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·lō·hê
                
                
                     the God 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (plural) <BR> 1a) rulers, judges <BR> 1b) divine ones <BR> 1c) angels <BR> 1d) gods <BR> 2) (plural intensive-singular meaning) <BR> 2a) god, goddess <BR> 2b) godlike one <BR> 2c) works or special possessions of God <BR> 2d) the (true) God <BR> 2e) God 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·lō·hê
         the God 
    
 
        
            יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiś·rā·’êl
                
                
                     of Israel , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3478 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Israel = |God prevails|<BR> 1) the second name for Jacob given to him by God after his wrestling with the angel at Peniel <BR> 2) the name of the descendants and the nation of the descendants of Jacob <BR> 2a) the name of the nation until the death of Solomon and the split <BR> 2b) the name used and given to the northern kingdom consisting of the 10 tribes under Jeroboam; the southern kingdom was known as Judah <BR> 2c) the name of the nation after the return from exile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiś·rā·’êl
         of Israel , 
    
 
        
            ה֣וּא 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
ה֣וּא 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hū
                
                
                     are 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1931 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        pron 3p s<BR> 1) he, she, it <BR> 1a) himself (with emphasis) <BR> 1b) resuming subj with emphasis <BR> 1c) (with minimum emphasis following predicate) <BR> 1d) (anticipating subj) <BR> 1e) (emphasising predicate) <BR> 1f) that, it (neuter) demons pron <BR> 2) that (with article) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hū
         are 
    
 
        
            נַחֲלָת֔וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נַחֲלָת֔וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    na·ḥă·lā·ṯōw
                
                
                     their inheritance , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5159 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) possession, property, inheritance, heritage <BR> 1a) property <BR> 1b) portion, share<BR> 1c) inheritance, portion 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        na·ḥă·lā·ṯōw
         their inheritance , 
    
 
        
            כַּאֲשֶׁ֖ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כַּאֲשֶׁ֖ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ka·’ă·šer
                
                
                     just as 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-k | Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ka·’ă·šer
         just as 
    
 
        
            דִּבֶּר־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּבֶּר־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dib·ber-
                
                
                     He had promised 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Piel - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1696 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to speak, declare, converse, command, promise, warn, threaten, sing <BR> 1a) (Qal) to speak <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to speak with one another, talk <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to speak <BR> 1c2) to promise <BR> 1d) (Pual) to be spoken <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) to speak <BR> 1f) (Hiphil) to lead away, put to flight 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dib·ber-
         He had promised 
    
 
        
            לֽוֹ׃ס 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֽוֹ׃ס 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lōw
                
                
                     them . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lōw
         them . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            This is what Moses had given to the clans of the tribe of Reuben:
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            מֹשֶׁ֔ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֹשֶׁ֔ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mō·šeh
                
                
                     [This is what] Moses 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4872 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Moses = |drawn|<BR> 1) the prophet and lawgiver, leader of the exodus 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mō·šeh
         [This is what] Moses 
    
 
        
            וַיִּתֵּ֣ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיִּתֵּ֣ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yit·tên
                
                
                     had given 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5414 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to give, put, set <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to give, bestow, grant, permit, ascribe, employ, devote, consecrate, dedicate, pay wages, sell, exchange, lend, commit, entrust, give over, deliver up, yield produce, occasion, produce, requite to, report, mention, utter, stretch out, extend <BR> 1a2) to put, set, put on, put upon, set, appoint, assign, designate <BR> 1a3) to make, constitute <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be given, be bestowed, be provided, be entrusted to, be granted to, be permitted, be issued, be published, be uttered, be assigned <BR> 1b2) to be set, be put, be made, be inflicted <BR> 1c) (Hophal) <BR> 1c1) to be given, be bestowed, be given up, be delivered up <BR> 1c2) to be put upon 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yit·tên
         had given 
    
 
        
            לְמִשְׁפְּחֹתָֽם׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְמִשְׁפְּחֹתָֽם׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·miš·pə·ḥō·ṯām
                
                
                     to the clans 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - feminine plural construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4940 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) clan, family <BR> 1a) clan <BR> 1a1) family <BR> 1a2) tribe <BR> 1a3) people, nation <BR> 1b) guild <BR> 1c) species, kind <BR> 1d) aristocrats 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·miš·pə·ḥō·ṯām
         to the clans 
    
 
        
            לְמַטֵּ֥ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְמַטֵּ֥ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·maṭ·ṭêh
                
                
                     of the tribe 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4294 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) staff, branch, tribe <BR> 1a) staff, rod, shaft <BR> 1b) branch (of vine) <BR> 1c) tribe <BR> 1c1) company led by chief with staff (originally) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·maṭ·ṭêh
         of the tribe 
    
 
        
            בְנֵֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְנֵֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇə·nê-
                
                
                     vvv 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇə·nê-
         vvv 
    
 
        
            רְאוּבֵ֖ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רְאוּבֵ֖ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    rə·’ū·ḇên
                
                
                     of Reuben : 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7205 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Reuben = |behold a son|<BR> 1) the eldest son of Jacob by Leah <BR> 2) the tribe descended from Reuben<BR> 3) the territory inhabited by the tribe of Reuben 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        rə·’ū·ḇên
         of Reuben : 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            The territory from Aroer on the rim of the Arnon Valley, along with the city in the middle of the valley, to the whole plateau beyond Medeba,
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וַיְהִ֨י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיְהִ֨י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·hî
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·hî
         - 
    
 
        
            לָהֶ֜ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָהֶ֜ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā·hem
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Pronoun - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā·hem
         - 
    
 
        
            הַגְּב֗וּל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַגְּב֗וּל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hag·gə·ḇūl
                
                
                     The territory 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1366 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) border, territory <BR> 1a) border <BR> 1b) territory (enclosed within boundary) <BR> 1c) region, territory (of darkness) (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hag·gə·ḇūl
         The territory 
    
 
        
            מֵעֲרוֹעֵ֡ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֵעֲרוֹעֵ֡ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mê·‘ă·rō·w·‘êr
                
                
                     from Aroer 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6177 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Aroer = |ruins|<BR> 1) a city on the north bank of the river Arnon, the southern point of the territory of Sihon the king of the Amorites and later of Reuben; modern 'Arair' <BR> 2) a city in Ammon near the Jabbok belonging to Gad <BR> 3) a town in southern Judah 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mê·‘ă·rō·w·‘êr
         from Aroer 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁר֩ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁר֩ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer
         - 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     on 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         on 
    
 
        
            שְׂפַת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׂפַת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    śə·p̄aṯ-
                
                
                     the rim 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8193 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) lip, language, speech, shore, bank, brink, brim, side, edge, border, binding <BR> 1a) lip (as body part) <BR> 1b) language <BR> 1c) edge, shore, bank (of cup, sea, river, etc) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        śə·p̄aṯ-
         the rim 
    
 
        
            אַרְנ֜וֹן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַרְנ֜וֹן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ar·nō·wn
                
                
                     of the Arnon 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        769 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Arnon = |rushing stream|<BR> 1) a river and surrounding valley in south Palestine, forms the border between Moab and the Amorites 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ar·nō·wn
         of the Arnon 
    
 
        
            נַ֨חַל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נַ֨חַל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    na·ḥal
                
                
                     Valley , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5158 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) torrent, valley, wadi, torrent-valley <BR> 1a) torrent <BR> 1b) torrent-valley, wadi (as stream bed) <BR> 1c) shaft (of mine) <BR> 2) palm-tree <BR> 2a) meaning dubious 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        na·ḥal
         Valley , 
    
 
        
            וְהָעִ֨יר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהָעִ֨יר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·hā·‘îr
                
                
                     along with the city 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5892 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) excitement, anguish <BR> 1a) of terror <BR> 2) city, town (a place of waking, guarded) <BR> 2a) city, town 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·hā·‘îr
         along with the city 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁ֧ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁ֧ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer
         - 
    
 
        
            בְּתוֹךְ־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּתוֹךְ־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·ṯō·wḵ-
                
                
                     in the middle 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8432 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) midst, middle <BR> 1a) midst, middle <BR> 1b) into, through (after verbs of motion) <BR> 1c) among (of a number of persons) <BR> 1d) between (of things arranged by twos) <BR> 1e) from among (as to take or separate etc) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·ṯō·wḵ-
         in the middle 
    
 
        
            הַנַּ֛חַל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַנַּ֛חַל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    han·na·ḥal
                
                
                     of the valley , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5158 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) torrent, valley, wadi, torrent-valley <BR> 1a) torrent <BR> 1b) torrent-valley, wadi (as stream bed) <BR> 1c) shaft (of mine) <BR> 2) palm-tree <BR> 2a) meaning dubious 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        han·na·ḥal
         of the valley , 
    
 
        
            וְכָל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְכָל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḵāl
                
                
                     to the whole 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, the whole <BR> 1a) all, the whole of <BR> 1b) any, each, every, anything <BR> 1c) totality, everything 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḵāl
         to the whole 
    
 
        
            הַמִּישֹׁ֖ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַמִּישֹׁ֖ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ham·mî·šōr
                
                
                     plateau 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4334 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) level place, uprightness <BR> 1a) level country, table-land, plain <BR> 1b) level place <BR> 1c) uprightness 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ham·mî·šōr
         plateau 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     beyond 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         beyond 
    
 
        
            מֵידְבָֽא׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֵידְבָֽא׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mê·ḏə·ḇā
                
                
                     Medeba , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4311 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Medeba = |water of rest|<BR> 1) a town in Moab assigned to Reuben and located 4 miles (6 km) southwest of Heshbon; still extant 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mê·ḏə·ḇā
         Medeba , 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            to Heshbon and all its cities on the plateau, including Dibon, Bamoth-baal, Beth-baal-meon,
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            חֶשְׁבּ֥וֹן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֶשְׁבּ֥וֹן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥeš·bō·wn
                
                
                     to Heshbon 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2809 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Heshbon = |stronghold|<BR> 1) the capital city of Sihon, king of the Amorites, located on the western border of the high plain and on the border line between the tribes of Reuben and Gad 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥeš·bō·wn
         to Heshbon 
    
 
        
            וְכָל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְכָל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḵāl
                
                
                     and all 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, the whole <BR> 1a) all, the whole of <BR> 1b) any, each, every, anything <BR> 1c) totality, everything 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḵāl
         and all 
    
 
        
            עָרֶ֖יהָ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עָרֶ֖יהָ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ā·re·hā
                
                
                     its cities 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine plural construct | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5892 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) excitement, anguish <BR> 1a) of terror <BR> 2) city, town (a place of waking, guarded) <BR> 2a) city, town 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ā·re·hā
         its cities 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁ֣ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁ֣ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer
         - 
    
 
        
            בַּמִּישֹׁ֑ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בַּמִּישֹׁ֑ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bam·mî·šōr
                
                
                     on the plateau , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b, Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4334 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) level place, uprightness <BR> 1a) level country, table-land, plain <BR> 1b) level place <BR> 1c) uprightness 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bam·mî·šōr
         on the plateau , 
    
 
        
            דִּיבוֹן֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּיבוֹן֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî·ḇō·wn
                
                
                     including Dibon , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1769 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Dibon = |wasting|<BR> 1) a town in Moab on the east side of the Jordan which was taken over by the Israelites and rebuilt by the children of Gad <BR> 2) a place in south Judah reinhabited by the men of Judah after the return from captivity 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî·ḇō·wn
         including Dibon , 
    
 
        
            וּבָמ֣וֹת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּבָמ֣וֹת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḇā·mō·wṯ
                
                
                     vvv 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                         
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1120 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Bamoth = |high places| or |great high place|<BR> 1) a town on the river Arnon in Moab 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḇā·mō·wṯ
         vvv 
    
 
        
            בַּ֔עַל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בַּ֔עַל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ba·‘al
                
                
                     Bamoth-baal , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1168 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Baal = |lord| <BR> n pr m <BR> 1) supreme male divinity of the Phoenicians or Canaanites <BR> 2) a Reubenite <BR> 3) the son of Jehiel and grandfather of Saul <BR> n pr loc <BR> 4) a town of Simeon, probably identical to Baalath-beer 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ba·‘al
         Bamoth-baal , 
    
 
        
            וּבֵ֖ית 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּבֵ֖ית 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḇêṯ
                
                
                     vvv 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                         
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1010 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Beth-baal-meon = |house of Baal|<BR> 1) a city in the territory of Reuben 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḇêṯ
         vvv 
    
 
        
            בַּ֥עַל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בַּ֥עַל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ba·‘al
                
                
                     vvv 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1010 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Beth-baal-meon = |house of Baal|<BR> 1) a city in the territory of Reuben 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ba·‘al
         vvv 
    
 
        
            מְעֽוֹן׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מְעֽוֹן׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mə·‘ō·wn
                
                
                     Beth-baal-meon , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1010 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Beth-baal-meon = |house of Baal|<BR> 1) a city in the territory of Reuben 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mə·‘ō·wn
         Beth-baal-meon , 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Jahaz, Kedemoth, Mephaath,
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְיַ֥הְצָה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְיַ֥הְצָה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·yah·ṣāh
                
                
                     Jahaz , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - proper - feminine singular | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3096 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jahaz or Jahazah or Jahzah = |trodden down|<BR> 1) a place in Reuben east of the Dead Sea where Israel defeated Sihon king of the Amorites; site uncertain 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·yah·ṣāh
         Jahaz , 
    
 
        
            וּקְדֵמֹ֖ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּקְדֵמֹ֖ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·qə·ḏê·mōṯ
                
                
                     Kedemoth , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6932 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Kedemoth = |eastern|<BR> 1) one of the towns in the district east of the Dead Sea allotted to the tribe of Reuben and given to the Merarite Levites 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·qə·ḏê·mōṯ
         Kedemoth , 
    
 
        
            וּמֵפָֽעַת׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּמֵפָֽעַת׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·mê·p̄ā·‘aṯ
                
                
                     Mephaath , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4158 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Mephaath = |splendour| or |height|<BR> 1) a city of Reuben allotted to the Merarite Levites lying in the district of the Mishor; site uncertain <BR> 2) a city in Moab 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·mê·p̄ā·‘aṯ
         Mephaath , 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Kiriathaim, Sibmah, Zereth-shahar on the hill in the valley,
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְקִרְיָתַ֣יִם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְקִרְיָתַ֣יִם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·qir·yā·ṯa·yim
                
                
                     Kiriathaim , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7156 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Kiriathaim = |two cities|<BR> 1) a city east of the Jordan in Moab <BR> 2) a town in Naphtali allotted to the Gershonite Levites 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·qir·yā·ṯa·yim
         Kiriathaim , 
    
 
        
            וְשִׂבְמָ֔ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְשִׂבְמָ֔ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·śiḇ·māh
                
                
                     Sibmah , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7643 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Shebam or Shibmah or Sibmah = |fragrance|<BR> 1) one of the towns in the pastoral district on the east of the Jordan in Moab; allotted to the tribes of Reuben and Gad 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·śiḇ·māh
         Sibmah , 
    
 
        
            וְצֶ֥רֶת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְצֶ֥רֶת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ṣe·reṯ
                
                
                     vvv 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                         
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6890 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Zareth-shahar = |splendour of the dawn|<BR> 1) a town in Reuben 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ṣe·reṯ
         vvv 
    
 
        
            הַשַּׁ֖חַר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַשַּׁ֖חַר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    haš·ša·ḥar
                
                
                     Zereth-shahar 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6890 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Zareth-shahar = |splendour of the dawn|<BR> 1) a town in Reuben 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        haš·ša·ḥar
         Zereth-shahar 
    
 
        
            בְּהַ֥ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּהַ֥ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·har
                
                
                     on the hill 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2022 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) hill, mountain, hill country, mount 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·har
         on the hill 
    
 
        
            הָעֵֽמֶק׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָעֵֽמֶק׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·‘ê·meq
                
                
                     in the valley , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6010 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) valley, vale, lowland, open country 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·‘ê·meq
         in the valley , 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Beth-peor, the slopes of Pisgah, and Beth-jeshimoth—
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וּבֵ֥ית 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּבֵ֥ית 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḇêṯ
                
                
                     vvv 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                         
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1047 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Beth-peor = |house of Peor|<BR> 1) a place east of the Jordan, in the land of the Amorites, allotted to the tribe of Reuben 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḇêṯ
         vvv 
    
 
        
            פְּע֛וֹר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פְּע֛וֹר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    pə·‘ō·wr
                
                
                     Beth-peor , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1047 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Beth-peor = |house of Peor|<BR> 1) a place east of the Jordan, in the land of the Amorites, allotted to the tribe of Reuben 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        pə·‘ō·wr
         Beth-peor , 
    
 
        
            וְאַשְׁדּ֥וֹת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאַשְׁדּ֥וֹת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’aš·dō·wṯ
                
                
                     the slopes 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - common plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        794 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) foundation, slope 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’aš·dō·wṯ
         the slopes 
    
 
        
            הַפִּסְגָּ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַפִּסְגָּ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hap·pis·gāh
                
                
                     of Pisgah , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6449 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Pisgah = |cleft|<BR> 1) mountain in Moab on the northeast shore of the Dead Sea; site uncertain 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hap·pis·gāh
         of Pisgah , 
    
 
        
            וּבֵ֥ית 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּבֵ֥ית 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḇêṯ
                
                
                     vvv 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                         
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1020 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Beth-jesimoth = |house of the desolation|<BR> 1) a place in Moab given to the tribe of Reuben 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḇêṯ
         vvv 
    
 
        
            הַיְשִׁמֽוֹת׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַיְשִׁמֽוֹת׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hay·ši·mō·wṯ
                
                
                     and Beth-jeshimoth — 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1020 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Beth-jesimoth = |house of the desolation|<BR> 1) a place in Moab given to the tribe of Reuben 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hay·ši·mō·wṯ
         and Beth-jeshimoth — 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            all the cities of the plateau and all the kingdom of Sihon king of the Amorites, who reigned in Heshbon until Moses killed him and the chiefs of Midian (Evi, Rekem, Zur, Hur, and Reba), the princes of Sihon who lived in the land.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְכֹל֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְכֹל֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḵōl
                
                
                     all 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, the whole <BR> 1a) all, the whole of <BR> 1b) any, each, every, anything <BR> 1c) totality, everything 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḵōl
         all 
    
 
        
            עָרֵ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עָרֵ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ā·rê
                
                
                     the cities 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5892 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) excitement, anguish <BR> 1a) of terror <BR> 2) city, town (a place of waking, guarded) <BR> 2a) city, town 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ā·rê
         the cities 
    
 
        
            הַמִּישֹׁ֔ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַמִּישֹׁ֔ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ham·mî·šōr
                
                
                     of the plateau 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4334 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) level place, uprightness <BR> 1a) level country, table-land, plain <BR> 1b) level place <BR> 1c) uprightness 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ham·mî·šōr
         of the plateau 
    
 
        
            וְכָֽל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְכָֽל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḵāl
                
                
                     and all 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, the whole <BR> 1a) all, the whole of <BR> 1b) any, each, every, anything <BR> 1c) totality, everything 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḵāl
         and all 
    
 
        
            מַמְלְכ֗וּת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַמְלְכ֗וּת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mam·lə·ḵūṯ
                
                
                     the kingdom 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4468 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) kingdom, dominion, reign, sovereignty <BR> 1a) kingdom <BR> 1b) dominion, royal power <BR> 1c) reign 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mam·lə·ḵūṯ
         the kingdom 
    
 
        
            סִיחוֹן֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
סִיחוֹן֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    sî·ḥō·wn
                
                
                     of Sihon 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5511 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Sihon = |warrior|<BR> 1) king of the Amorites at the time of the conquest and defeated by Moses in Transjordan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        sî·ḥō·wn
         of Sihon 
    
 
        
            מֶ֣לֶךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֶ֣לֶךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    me·leḵ
                
                
                     king 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4428 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        me·leḵ
         king 
    
 
        
            הָאֱמֹרִ֔י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָאֱמֹרִ֔י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’ĕ·mō·rî
                
                
                     of the Amorites , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        567 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Amorite = |a sayer|<BR> 1) one of the peoples of east Canaan and beyond the Jordan, dispossessed by the Israelite incursion from Egypt 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’ĕ·mō·rî
         of the Amorites , 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁ֥ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁ֥ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer
                
                
                     who 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer
         who 
    
 
        
            מָלַ֖ךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מָלַ֖ךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mā·laḵ
                
                
                     reigned 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4427 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be or become king or queen, reign <BR> 1a) (Qal) to be or become king or queen, reign <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) to make one king or queen, cause to reign <BR> 1c) (Hophal) to be made king or queen <BR> 2) to counsel, advise <BR> 2a) (Niphal) to consider 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mā·laḵ
         reigned 
    
 
        
            בְּחֶשְׁבּ֑וֹן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּחֶשְׁבּ֑וֹן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·ḥeš·bō·wn
                
                
                     in Heshbon 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2809 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Heshbon = |stronghold|<BR> 1) the capital city of Sihon, king of the Amorites, located on the western border of the high plain and on the border line between the tribes of Reuben and Gad 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·ḥeš·bō·wn
         in Heshbon 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁר֩ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁר֩ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer
                
                
                     [until] 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer
         [until] 
    
 
        
            מֹשֶׁ֜ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֹשֶׁ֜ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mō·šeh
                
                
                     Moses 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4872 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Moses = |drawn|<BR> 1) the prophet and lawgiver, leader of the exodus 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mō·šeh
         Moses 
    
 
        
            אֹת֣וֹ׀ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֹת֣וֹ׀ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ō·ṯōw
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ō·ṯōw
         - 
    
 
        
            וְאֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            הִכָּ֨ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הִכָּ֨ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hik·kāh
                
                
                     killed him 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Hifil - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5221 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to strike, smite, hit, beat, slay, kill<BR> 1a)(Niphal) to be stricken or smitten <BR> 1b) (Pual) to be stricken or smitten <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to smite, strike, beat, scourge, clap, applaud, give a thrust <BR> 1c2) to smite, kill, slay (man or beast) <BR> 1c3) to smite, attack, attack and destroy, conquer, subjugate, ravage <BR> 1c4) to smite, chastise, send judgment upon, punish, destroy <BR> 1d) (Hophal) to be smitten <BR> 1d1) to receive a blow <BR> 1d2) to be wounded <BR> 1d3) to be beaten <BR> 1d4) to be (fatally) smitten, be killed, be slain <BR> 1d5) to be attacked and captured <BR> 1d6) to be smitten (with disease) <BR> 1d7) to be blighted (of plants) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hik·kāh
         killed him 
    
 
        
            נְשִׂיאֵ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נְשִׂיאֵ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nə·śî·’ê
                
                
                     and the chiefs 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5387 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) one lifted up, chief, prince, captain, leader <BR> 2) rising mist, vapour 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nə·śî·’ê
         and the chiefs 
    
 
        
            מִדְיָ֗ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִדְיָ֗ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miḏ·yān
                
                
                     of Midian 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4080 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Midian or Midianite = |strife| <BR> n pr m <BR> 1) son of Abraham by Keturah and progenitor of the tribe of Midianites or Arabians <BR> 2) the tribe descended from Midian <BR> n pr loc <BR> 3) the territory of the tribe descended from Midian; located principally in the desert north of the Arabian peninsula; land to which Moses went when he fled from Pharaoh 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miḏ·yān
         of Midian 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            אֱוִ֤י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱוִ֤י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·wî
                
                
                     ( Evi , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        189 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Evi = |my desire|<BR> 1) one of five chiefs of Midian 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·wî
         ( Evi , 
    
 
        
            וְאֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            רֶ֙קֶם֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רֶ֙קֶם֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    re·qem
                
                
                     Rekem , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7552 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Rekem = |variegation| <BR> n pr m 1) one of the 5 kings of Midian killed by the Israelites <BR> 2) one of the 4 sons of Hebron and the father of Shammai <BR> 3) a Manassite, son of Machir by Maachah his wife <BR> n pr loc <BR> 4) a town in Benjamin; site unknown 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        re·qem
         Rekem , 
    
 
        
            וְאֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            צ֤וּר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
צ֤וּר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṣūr
                
                
                     Zur , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6698 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Zur = |rock|<BR> 1) father of Cozbi and one of the 5 Midianite princes who were slain when Balaam fell <BR> 2) son of Jehiel, the father or leader of Gibeon 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṣūr
         Zur , 
    
 
        
            וְאֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            חוּר֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חוּר֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥūr
                
                
                     Hur , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2354 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Hur = |hole|<BR> 1) a chief assistant to Moses and Aaron <BR> 2) grandfather of Bezaleel, the chief artificer of the tabernacle; possibly the same as 1 above <BR> 3) the 4th of the 5 kings of Midian who were slain with Balaam after Peor <BR> 4) father of Rephaiah in the time of Nehemiah <BR> 5) father of Ben-Hur who was commissariat officer for Solomon in Mount Ephraim 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥūr
         Hur , 
    
 
        
            וְאֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            רֶ֔בַע 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רֶ֔בַע 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    re·ḇa‘
                
                
                     and Reba ), 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7254 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Reba = |four|<BR> 1) one of the 5 kings of Midian slain by the Israelites when Balaam fell 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        re·ḇa‘
         and Reba ), 
    
 
        
            נְסִיכֵ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נְסִיכֵ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nə·sî·ḵê
                
                
                     the princes 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5257 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) poured out, libation, molten image, one anointed <BR> 1a) libation, drink-offering <BR> 1b) molten image <BR> 2) prince, anointed one 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nə·sî·ḵê
         the princes 
    
 
        
            סִיח֔וֹן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
סִיח֔וֹן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    sî·ḥō·wn
                
                
                     of Sihon 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5511 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Sihon = |warrior|<BR> 1) king of the Amorites at the time of the conquest and defeated by Moses in Transjordan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        sî·ḥō·wn
         of Sihon 
    
 
        
            יֹשְׁבֵ֖י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יֹשְׁבֵ֖י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yō·šə·ḇê
                
                
                     who lived 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3427 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to dwell, remain, sit, abide <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to sit, sit down <BR> 1a2) to be set <BR> 1a3) to remain, stay <BR> 1a4) to dwell, have one's abode <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be inhabited <BR> 1c) (Piel) to set, place <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to cause to sit <BR> 1d2) to cause to abide, set <BR> 1d3) to cause to dwell <BR> 1d4) to cause (cities) to be inhabited <BR> 1d5) to marry (give an dwelling to) <BR> 1e) (Hophal) <BR> 1e1) to be inhabited <BR> 1e2) to make to dwell 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yō·šə·ḇê
         who lived 
    
 
        
            הָאָֽרֶץ׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָאָֽרֶץ׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’ā·reṣ
                
                
                     in the land . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        776 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) land, earth<BR> 1a) earth <BR> 1a1) whole earth (as opposed to a part) <BR> 1a2) earth (as opposed to heaven) <BR> 1a3) earth (inhabitants) <BR> 1b) land <BR> 1b1) country, territory <BR> 1b2) district, region <BR> 1b3) tribal territory <BR> 1b4) piece of ground <BR> 1b5) land of Canaan, Israel <BR> 1b6) inhabitants of land <BR> 1b7) Sheol, land without return, (under) world <BR> 1b8) city (-state) <BR> 1c) ground, surface of the earth <BR> 1c1) ground <BR> 1c2) soil <BR> 1d) (in phrases) <BR> 1d1) people of the land <BR> 1d2) space or distance of country (in measurements of distance) <BR> 1d3) level or plain country <BR> 1d4) land of the living <BR> 1d5) end(s) of the earth <BR> 1e) (almost wholly late in usage) <BR> 1e1) lands, countries <BR> 1e1a) often in contrast to Canaan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’ā·reṣ
         in the land . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            The Israelites also killed the diviner Balaam son of Beor along with the others they put to the sword.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            בֶּן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֶּן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ben-
                
                
                     The Israelites 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ben-
         The Israelites 
    
 
        
            בְנֵֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְנֵֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇə·nê-
                
                
                     
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇə·nê-
         
    
 
        
            יִשְׂרָאֵ֛ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִשְׂרָאֵ֛ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiś·rā·’êl
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3478 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Israel = |God prevails|<BR> 1) the second name for Jacob given to him by God after his wrestling with the angel at Peniel <BR> 2) the name of the descendants and the nation of the descendants of Jacob <BR> 2a) the name of the nation until the death of Solomon and the split <BR> 2b) the name used and given to the northern kingdom consisting of the 10 tribes under Jeroboam; the southern kingdom was known as Judah <BR> 2c) the name of the nation after the return from exile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiś·rā·’êl
         . . . 
    
 
        
            וְאֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’eṯ-
                
                
                     also [killed] 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’eṯ-
         also [killed] 
    
 
        
            הַקּוֹסֵ֑ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַקּוֹסֵ֑ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    haq·qō·w·sêm
                
                
                     the diviner 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7080 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (Qal) to practice divination, divine <BR> 1a) of diviners of the nations, Balaam<BR> 1b) of false prophets of Israel <BR> 1c) prohibited 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        haq·qō·w·sêm
         the diviner 
    
 
        
            בִּלְעָ֥ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בִּלְעָ֥ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bil·‘ām
                
                
                     Balaam 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1109 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Balaam = |not of the people| <BR> n pr m <BR> 1) the son of Beor, a man endowed with the gift of prophecy <BR> n pr loc <BR> 2) a town in Manasseh 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bil·‘ām
         Balaam 
    
 
        
            בְּע֖וֹר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּע֖וֹר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·‘ō·wr
                
                
                     son of Beor 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1160 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Beor = |burning|<BR> 1) father of Balaam <BR> 2) father of Bela, king of Edom 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·‘ō·wr
         son of Beor 
    
 
        
            הָרְג֧וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָרְג֧וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·rə·ḡū
                
                
                     [ along with the others] they put 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2026 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to kill, slay, murder, destroy, murderer, slayer, out of hand <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to kill, slay <BR> 1a2) to destroy, ruin <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be killed <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be killed, be slain 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·rə·ḡū
         [ along with the others] they put 
    
 
        
            בַּחֶ֖רֶב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בַּחֶ֖רֶב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ba·ḥe·reḇ
                
                
                     to the sword 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b, Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2719 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sword, knife <BR> 1a) sword <BR> 1b) knife <BR> 1c) tools for cutting stone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ba·ḥe·reḇ
         to the sword 
    
 
        
            אֶל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’el-
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’el-
         . . . 
    
 
        
            חַלְלֵיהֶֽם׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חַלְלֵיהֶֽם׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥal·lê·hem
                
                
                     . . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2491 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        n m <BR> 1) slain, fatally wounded, pierced <BR> 1a) pierced, fatally wounded <BR> 1b) slain <BR> adj<BR> 2) (CLBL) profaned <BR> 2a) defiled, profaned (by divorce) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥal·lê·hem
         . . . . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            And the border of the Reubenites was the bank of the Jordan. This was the inheritance of the clans of the Reubenites, including the cities and villages.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            גְּבוּל֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גְּבוּל֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    gə·ḇūl
                
                
                     And the border 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1366 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) border, territory <BR> 1a) border <BR> 1b) territory (enclosed within boundary) <BR> 1c) region, territory (of darkness) (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        gə·ḇūl
         And the border 
    
 
        
            בְּנֵ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּנֵ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·nê
                
                
                     of the Reubenites 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·nê
         of the Reubenites 
    
 
        
            רְאוּבֵ֔ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רְאוּבֵ֔ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    rə·’ū·ḇên
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7205 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Reuben = |behold a son|<BR> 1) the eldest son of Jacob by Leah <BR> 2) the tribe descended from Reuben<BR> 3) the territory inhabited by the tribe of Reuben 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        rə·’ū·ḇên
         . . . 
    
 
        
            וַיְהִ֗י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיְהִ֗י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·hî
                
                
                     was 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·hî
         was 
    
 
        
            וּגְב֑וּל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּגְב֑וּל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḡə·ḇūl
                
                
                     the bank 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1366 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) border, territory <BR> 1a) border <BR> 1b) territory (enclosed within boundary) <BR> 1c) region, territory (of darkness) (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḡə·ḇūl
         the bank 
    
 
        
            הַיַּרְדֵּ֖ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַיַּרְדֵּ֖ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hay·yar·dên
                
                
                     of the Jordan . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3383 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jordan = |descender|<BR> 1) the river of Palestine running from the roots of Anti-Lebanon to the Dead Sea a distance of approx 200 miles (320 km) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hay·yar·dên
         of the Jordan . 
    
 
        
            זֹ֣את 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
זֹ֣את 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    zōṯ
                
                
                     This 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2063 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) this, this one, here, which, this...that, the one...the other, such <BR> 1a) (alone) <BR> 1a1) this one <BR> 1a2) this...that, the one...the other, another <BR> 1b) (appos to subst) <BR> 1b1) this <BR> 1c) (as predicate) <BR> 1c1) this, such <BR> 1d) (enclitically) <BR> 1d1) then <BR> 1d2) who, whom <BR> 1d3) how now, what now <BR> 1d4) what now <BR> 1d5) wherefore now <BR> 1d6) behold here <BR> 1d7) just now <BR> 1d8) now, now already <BR> 1e) (poetry) <BR> 1e1) wherein, which, those who <BR> 1f) (with prefixes) <BR> 1f1) in this (place) here, then <BR> 1f2) on these conditions, herewith, thus provided, by, through this, for this cause, in this matter <BR> 1f3) thus and thus <BR> 1f4) as follows, things such as these, accordingly, to that effect, in like manner, thus and thus <BR> 1f5) from here, hence, on one side...on the other side <BR> 1f6) on this account <BR> 1f7) in spite of this, which, whence, how 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        zōṯ
         This 
    
 
        
            נַחֲלַ֤ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נַחֲלַ֤ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    na·ḥă·laṯ
                
                
                     was the inheritance 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5159 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) possession, property, inheritance, heritage <BR> 1a) property <BR> 1b) portion, share<BR> 1c) inheritance, portion 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        na·ḥă·laṯ
         was the inheritance 
    
 
        
            לְמִשְׁפְּחֹתָ֔ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְמִשְׁפְּחֹתָ֔ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·miš·pə·ḥō·ṯām
                
                
                     of the clans 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - feminine plural construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4940 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) clan, family <BR> 1a) clan <BR> 1a1) family <BR> 1a2) tribe <BR> 1a3) people, nation <BR> 1b) guild <BR> 1c) species, kind <BR> 1d) aristocrats 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·miš·pə·ḥō·ṯām
         of the clans 
    
 
        
            בְּנֵֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּנֵֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·nê-
                
                
                     of the Reubenites 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·nê-
         of the Reubenites 
    
 
        
            רְאוּבֵן֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רְאוּבֵן֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    rə·’ū·ḇên
                
                
                     . . . , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7205 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Reuben = |behold a son|<BR> 1) the eldest son of Jacob by Leah <BR> 2) the tribe descended from Reuben<BR> 3) the territory inhabited by the tribe of Reuben 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        rə·’ū·ḇên
         . . . , 
    
 
        
            הֶעָרִ֖ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הֶעָרִ֖ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    he·‘ā·rîm
                
                
                     including the cities 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5892 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) excitement, anguish <BR> 1a) of terror <BR> 2) city, town (a place of waking, guarded) <BR> 2a) city, town 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        he·‘ā·rîm
         including the cities 
    
 
        
            וְחַצְרֵיהֶֽן׃פ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְחַצְרֵיהֶֽן׃פ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḥaṣ·rê·hen
                
                
                     and villages . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - common plural construct | third person feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2691 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) court, enclosure <BR> 1a) enclosures <BR> 1b) court <BR> 2) settled abode, settlement, village, town 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḥaṣ·rê·hen
         and villages . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            This is what Moses had given to the clans of the tribe of Gad:
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            מֹשֶׁה֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֹשֶׁה֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mō·šeh
                
                
                     [This is what] Moses 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4872 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Moses = |drawn|<BR> 1) the prophet and lawgiver, leader of the exodus 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mō·šeh
         [This is what] Moses 
    
 
        
            וַיִּתֵּ֤ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיִּתֵּ֤ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yit·tên
                
                
                     had given 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5414 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to give, put, set <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to give, bestow, grant, permit, ascribe, employ, devote, consecrate, dedicate, pay wages, sell, exchange, lend, commit, entrust, give over, deliver up, yield produce, occasion, produce, requite to, report, mention, utter, stretch out, extend <BR> 1a2) to put, set, put on, put upon, set, appoint, assign, designate <BR> 1a3) to make, constitute <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be given, be bestowed, be provided, be entrusted to, be granted to, be permitted, be issued, be published, be uttered, be assigned <BR> 1b2) to be set, be put, be made, be inflicted <BR> 1c) (Hophal) <BR> 1c1) to be given, be bestowed, be given up, be delivered up <BR> 1c2) to be put upon 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yit·tên
         had given 
    
 
        
            לְמִשְׁפְּחֹתָֽם׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְמִשְׁפְּחֹתָֽם׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·miš·pə·ḥō·ṯām
                
                
                     to the clans 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - feminine plural construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4940 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) clan, family <BR> 1a) clan <BR> 1a1) family <BR> 1a2) tribe <BR> 1a3) people, nation <BR> 1b) guild <BR> 1c) species, kind <BR> 1d) aristocrats 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·miš·pə·ḥō·ṯām
         to the clans 
    
 
        
            לְמַטֵּה־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְמַטֵּה־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·maṭ·ṭêh-
                
                
                     of the tribe 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4294 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) staff, branch, tribe <BR> 1a) staff, rod, shaft <BR> 1b) branch (of vine) <BR> 1c) tribe <BR> 1c1) company led by chief with staff (originally) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·maṭ·ṭêh-
         of the tribe 
    
 
        
            לִבְנֵי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לִבְנֵי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    liḇ·nê-
                
                
                     of Gad 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        liḇ·nê-
         of Gad 
    
 
        
            גָ֖ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גָ֖ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḡāḏ
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1410 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Gad = |troop|<BR> 1) seventh son of Jacob by Zilpah, Leah's handmaid, and full brother of Asher. <BR> 2) the tribe descended from Gad <BR> 3) a prophet during the time of David; appears to have joined David when in the hold; reappears in connection with the punishment for taking a census; also assisted in the arrangements for the musical service of the |house of God| 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḡāḏ
         . . . 
    
 
        
            גָ֔ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גָ֔ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḡāḏ
                
                
                     . . . : 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1410 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Gad = |troop|<BR> 1) seventh son of Jacob by Zilpah, Leah's handmaid, and full brother of Asher. <BR> 2) the tribe descended from Gad <BR> 3) a prophet during the time of David; appears to have joined David when in the hold; reappears in connection with the punishment for taking a census; also assisted in the arrangements for the musical service of the |house of God| 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḡāḏ
         . . . : 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            The territory of Jazer, all the cities of Gilead, and half the land of the Ammonites as far as Aroer, near Rabbah;
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וַיְהִ֤י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיְהִ֤י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·hî
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·hî
         - 
    
 
        
            לָהֶם֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָהֶם֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā·hem
                
                
                     
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā·hem
         
    
 
        
            הַגְּב֔וּל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַגְּב֔וּל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hag·gə·ḇūl
                
                
                     The territory 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1366 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) border, territory <BR> 1a) border <BR> 1b) territory (enclosed within boundary) <BR> 1c) region, territory (of darkness) (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hag·gə·ḇūl
         The territory 
    
 
        
            יַעְזֵר֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יַעְזֵר֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ya‘·zêr
                
                
                     of Jazer , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3270 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jazer or Jaazer = |helped|<BR> 1) a Levitical city east of the Jordan, in Gilead in the territory of Gad, formerly an Amorite city; site uncertain 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ya‘·zêr
         of Jazer , 
    
 
        
            וְכָל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְכָל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḵāl
                
                
                     all 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, the whole <BR> 1a) all, the whole of <BR> 1b) any, each, every, anything <BR> 1c) totality, everything 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḵāl
         all 
    
 
        
            עָרֵ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עָרֵ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ā·rê
                
                
                     the cities 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5892 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) excitement, anguish <BR> 1a) of terror <BR> 2) city, town (a place of waking, guarded) <BR> 2a) city, town 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ā·rê
         the cities 
    
 
        
            הַגִּלְעָ֔ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַגִּלְעָ֔ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hag·gil·‘āḏ
                
                
                     of Gilead , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1568 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        n pr loc Gilead = |rocky region|<BR> 1) a mountainous region bounded on the west by the Jordan, on the north by Bashan, on the east by the Arabian plateau, and on the south by Moab and Ammon; sometimes called 'Mount Gilead' or the 'land of Gilead' or just 'Gilead'. Divided into north and south Gilead <BR> 2) a city (with prefix 'Jabesh') <BR> 3) the people of the region <BR> n pr m <BR> 4) son of Machir and grandson of Manasseh <BR> 5) father of Jephthah <BR> 6) a Gadite 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hag·gil·‘āḏ
         of Gilead , 
    
 
        
            וַחֲצִ֕י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַחֲצִ֕י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wa·ḥă·ṣî
                
                
                     and half 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2677 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) half <BR> 1a) half <BR> 1b) middle 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wa·ḥă·ṣî
         and half 
    
 
        
            אֶ֖רֶץ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶ֖רֶץ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’e·reṣ
                
                
                     the land 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        776 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) land, earth<BR> 1a) earth <BR> 1a1) whole earth (as opposed to a part) <BR> 1a2) earth (as opposed to heaven) <BR> 1a3) earth (inhabitants) <BR> 1b) land <BR> 1b1) country, territory <BR> 1b2) district, region <BR> 1b3) tribal territory <BR> 1b4) piece of ground <BR> 1b5) land of Canaan, Israel <BR> 1b6) inhabitants of land <BR> 1b7) Sheol, land without return, (under) world <BR> 1b8) city (-state) <BR> 1c) ground, surface of the earth <BR> 1c1) ground <BR> 1c2) soil <BR> 1d) (in phrases) <BR> 1d1) people of the land <BR> 1d2) space or distance of country (in measurements of distance) <BR> 1d3) level or plain country <BR> 1d4) land of the living <BR> 1d5) end(s) of the earth <BR> 1e) (almost wholly late in usage) <BR> 1e1) lands, countries <BR> 1e1a) often in contrast to Canaan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’e·reṣ
         the land 
    
 
        
            בְּנֵ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּנֵ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·nê
                
                
                     of the Ammonites 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·nê
         of the Ammonites 
    
 
        
            עַמּ֑וֹן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַמּ֑וֹן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘am·mō·wn
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5983 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Ammon = |tribal|<BR> 1) a people dwelling in Transjordan descended from Lot through Ben-ammi 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘am·mō·wn
         . . . 
    
 
        
            עַד־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַד־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘aḏ-
                
                
                     as far as 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5704 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) as far as, even to, until, up to, while, as far as <BR> 1a) of space <BR> 1a1) as far as, up to, even to <BR> 1b) in combination <BR> 1b1) from...as far as, both...and (with 'min' -from) <BR> 1c) of time <BR> 1c1) even to, until, unto, till, during, end <BR> 1d) of degree <BR> 1d1) even to, to the degree of, even like <BR> conj <BR> 2) until, while, to the point that, so that even 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘aḏ-
         as far as 
    
 
        
            עֲרוֹעֵ֕ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֲרוֹעֵ֕ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ă·rō·w·‘êr
                
                
                     Aroer , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6177 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Aroer = |ruins|<BR> 1) a city on the north bank of the river Arnon, the southern point of the territory of Sihon the king of the Amorites and later of Reuben; modern 'Arair' <BR> 2) a city in Ammon near the Jabbok belonging to Gad <BR> 3) a town in southern Judah 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ă·rō·w·‘êr
         Aroer , 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁ֖ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁ֖ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer
         - 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     near 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         near 
    
 
        
            פְּנֵ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פְּנֵ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    pə·nê
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - common plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6440 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) face <BR> 1a) face, faces <BR> 1b) presence, person <BR> 1c) face (of seraphim or cherubim) <BR> 1d) face (of animals) <BR> 1e) face, surface (of ground) <BR> 1f) as adv of loc/temp <BR> 1f1) before and behind, toward, in front of, forward, formerly, from beforetime, before <BR> 1g) with prep <BR> 1g1) in front of, before, to the front of, in the presence of, in the face of, at the face or front of, from the presence of, from before, from before the face of 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        pə·nê
         . . . 
    
 
        
            רַבָּֽה׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רַבָּֽה׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    rab·bāh
                
                
                     Rabbah ; 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7237 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Rabbath = |great|<BR> 1) the capital city of the Ammonites located east of the Jordan <BR> 2) a town in Judah; site uncertain 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        rab·bāh
         Rabbah ; 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            the territory from Heshbon to Ramath-mizpeh and Betonim, and from Mahanaim to the border of Debir;
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וּמֵחֶשְׁבּ֛וֹן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּמֵחֶשְׁבּ֛וֹן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·mê·ḥeš·bō·wn
                
                
                     [the territory] from Heshbon 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-m | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2809 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Heshbon = |stronghold|<BR> 1) the capital city of Sihon, king of the Amorites, located on the western border of the high plain and on the border line between the tribes of Reuben and Gad 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·mê·ḥeš·bō·wn
         [the territory] from Heshbon 
    
 
        
            עַד־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַד־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘aḏ-
                
                
                     to 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5704 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) as far as, even to, until, up to, while, as far as <BR> 1a) of space <BR> 1a1) as far as, up to, even to <BR> 1b) in combination <BR> 1b1) from...as far as, both...and (with 'min' -from) <BR> 1c) of time <BR> 1c1) even to, until, unto, till, during, end <BR> 1d) of degree <BR> 1d1) even to, to the degree of, even like <BR> conj <BR> 2) until, while, to the point that, so that even 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘aḏ-
         to 
    
 
        
            רָמַ֥ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רָמַ֥ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    rā·maṯ
                
                
                     Ramath-mizpeh 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7434 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Ramath-mizpeh = |high place of the watch tower|<BR> 1) a place in Gilead on the northern border of Gad 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        rā·maṯ
         Ramath-mizpeh 
    
 
        
            הַמִּצְפֶּ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַמִּצְפֶּ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ham·miṣ·peh
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7434 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Ramath-mizpeh = |high place of the watch tower|<BR> 1) a place in Gilead on the northern border of Gad 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ham·miṣ·peh
         . . . 
    
 
        
            וּבְטֹנִ֑ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּבְטֹנִ֑ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḇə·ṭō·nîm
                
                
                     and Betonim , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        993 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Betonim = |pistachio nuts|<BR> 1) a city east of the Jordan in territory of Gad 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḇə·ṭō·nîm
         and Betonim , 
    
 
        
            וּמִֽמַּחֲנַ֖יִם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּמִֽמַּחֲנַ֖יִם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·mim·ma·ḥă·na·yim
                
                
                     and from Mahanaim 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-m | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4266 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Mahanaim = |two camps|<BR> 1) a place east of the Jordan, named from Jacob's encounter with angels <BR> 2) a Levitical city in Gad 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·mim·ma·ḥă·na·yim
         and from Mahanaim 
    
 
        
            עַד־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַד־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘aḏ-
                
                
                     to 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5704 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) as far as, even to, until, up to, while, as far as <BR> 1a) of space <BR> 1a1) as far as, up to, even to <BR> 1b) in combination <BR> 1b1) from...as far as, both...and (with 'min' -from) <BR> 1c) of time <BR> 1c1) even to, until, unto, till, during, end <BR> 1d) of degree <BR> 1d1) even to, to the degree of, even like <BR> conj <BR> 2) until, while, to the point that, so that even 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘aḏ-
         to 
    
 
        
            גְּב֥וּל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גְּב֥וּל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    gə·ḇūl
                
                
                     the border 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1366 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) border, territory <BR> 1a) border <BR> 1b) territory (enclosed within boundary) <BR> 1c) region, territory (of darkness) (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        gə·ḇūl
         the border 
    
 
        
            לִדְבִֽר׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לִדְבִֽר׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    liḏ·ḇir
                
                
                     of Debir ; 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1688 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Debir = |sanctuary| <BR> n pr m <BR> 1) the king of Eglon, one of the five kings hanged by Joshua <BR> n pr loc <BR> 2) a town in the mountains of Judah west of Hebron and given to the priests and a city of refuge <BR> 3) a place on the northern boundary of Judah <BR> 4) a town in the territory of Gad 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        liḏ·ḇir
         of Debir ; 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            and in the valley, Beth-haram, Beth-nimrah, Succoth, and Zaphon, with the rest of the kingdom of Sihon king of Heshbon (the territory on the east side of the Jordan up to the edge of the Sea of Chinnereth).
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וּבָעֵ֡מֶק 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּבָעֵ֡מֶק 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḇā·‘ê·meq
                
                
                     and in the valley , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-b, Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6010 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) valley, vale, lowland, open country 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḇā·‘ê·meq
         and in the valley , 
    
 
        
            בֵּ֣ית 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֵּ֣ית 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bêṯ
                
                
                     vvv 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1027 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Beth-aram = |place of the height|<BR> 1) a place in Gad 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bêṯ
         vvv 
    
 
        
            הָרָם֩ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָרָם֩ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·rām
                
                
                     Beth-haram , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1027 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Beth-aram = |place of the height|<BR> 1) a place in Gad 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·rām
         Beth-haram , 
    
 
        
            וּבֵ֨ית 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּבֵ֨ית 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḇêṯ
                
                
                     vvv 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                         
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1039 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Beth-Nimrah = |house of the leopard|<BR> 1) a place east of the Jordan in Gad 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḇêṯ
         vvv 
    
 
        
            נִמְרָ֜ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נִמְרָ֜ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nim·rāh
                
                
                     Beth-nimrah , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1039 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Beth-Nimrah = |house of the leopard|<BR> 1) a place east of the Jordan in Gad 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nim·rāh
         Beth-nimrah , 
    
 
        
            וְסֻכּ֣וֹת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְסֻכּ֣וֹת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·suk·kō·wṯ
                
                
                     Succoth , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5523 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Succoth = |booths|<BR> 1) the site where Jacob put up booths for his cattle and built a house for himself; apparently east of the Jordan near the ford of the torrent Jabbok and later allotted to the tribe of Gad <BR> 2) the first stopping place of the Israelites when they left Egypt 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·suk·kō·wṯ
         Succoth , 
    
 
        
            וְצָפ֗וֹן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְצָפ֗וֹן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ṣā·p̄ō·wn
                
                
                     and Zaphon , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6829 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Zaphon = |north|<BR> 1) a city in Gad east of the Sea of Galilee on the east bank of the Jordan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ṣā·p̄ō·wn
         and Zaphon , 
    
 
        
            יֶ֚תֶר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יֶ֚תֶר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ye·ṯer
                
                
                     with the rest 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3499 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) remainder, excess, rest, remnant, excellence <BR> 1a) remainder, remnant <BR> 1b) remainder, rest, other part <BR> 1c) excess <BR> 1d) abundantly (adv) <BR> 1e) abundance, affluence <BR> 1f) superiority, excellency 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ye·ṯer
         with the rest 
    
 
        
            מַמְלְכ֗וּת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַמְלְכ֗וּת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mam·lə·ḵūṯ
                
                
                     of the kingdom 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4468 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) kingdom, dominion, reign, sovereignty <BR> 1a) kingdom <BR> 1b) dominion, royal power <BR> 1c) reign 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mam·lə·ḵūṯ
         of the kingdom 
    
 
        
            סִיחוֹן֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
סִיחוֹן֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    sî·ḥō·wn
                
                
                     of Sihon 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5511 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Sihon = |warrior|<BR> 1) king of the Amorites at the time of the conquest and defeated by Moses in Transjordan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        sî·ḥō·wn
         of Sihon 
    
 
        
            מֶ֣לֶךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֶ֣לֶךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    me·leḵ
                
                
                     king 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4428 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        me·leḵ
         king 
    
 
        
            חֶשְׁבּ֔וֹן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֶשְׁבּ֔וֹן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥeš·bō·wn
                
                
                     of Heshbon 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2809 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Heshbon = |stronghold|<BR> 1) the capital city of Sihon, king of the Amorites, located on the western border of the high plain and on the border line between the tribes of Reuben and Gad 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥeš·bō·wn
         of Heshbon 
    
 
        
            הַיַּרְדֵּ֖ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַיַּרְדֵּ֖ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hay·yar·dên
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3383 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jordan = |descender|<BR> 1) the river of Palestine running from the roots of Anti-Lebanon to the Dead Sea a distance of approx 200 miles (320 km) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hay·yar·dên
         - 
    
 
        
            וּגְבֻ֑ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּגְבֻ֑ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḡə·ḇul
                
                
                     (the territory 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1366 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) border, territory <BR> 1a) border <BR> 1b) territory (enclosed within boundary) <BR> 1c) region, territory (of darkness) (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḡə·ḇul
         (the territory 
    
 
        
            מִזְרָֽחָה׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִזְרָֽחָה׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miz·rā·ḥāh
                
                
                     on the east 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4217 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) place of sunrise, east <BR> 1a) sunrise, east (with 'sun') <BR> 1b) the east (without 'sun') <BR> 1b1) to or toward the place of sunrise <BR> 1b2) to the east, eastward 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miz·rā·ḥāh
         on the east 
    
 
        
            עֵ֥בֶר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֵ֥בֶר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ê·ḇer
                
                
                     side 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5676 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) region beyond or across, side <BR> 1a) region across or beyond <BR> 1b) side, opposite side 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ê·ḇer
         side 
    
 
        
            הַיַּרְדֵּ֖ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַיַּרְדֵּ֖ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hay·yar·dên
                
                
                     of the Jordan 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3383 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jordan = |descender|<BR> 1) the river of Palestine running from the roots of Anti-Lebanon to the Dead Sea a distance of approx 200 miles (320 km) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hay·yar·dên
         of the Jordan 
    
 
        
            עַד־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַד־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘aḏ-
                
                
                     up 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5704 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) as far as, even to, until, up to, while, as far as <BR> 1a) of space <BR> 1a1) as far as, up to, even to <BR> 1b) in combination <BR> 1b1) from...as far as, both...and (with 'min' -from) <BR> 1c) of time <BR> 1c1) even to, until, unto, till, during, end <BR> 1d) of degree <BR> 1d1) even to, to the degree of, even like <BR> conj <BR> 2) until, while, to the point that, so that even 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘aḏ-
         up 
    
 
        
            קְצֵה֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קְצֵה֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qə·ṣêh
                
                
                     to the edge 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7097 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) end, extremity <BR> 1a) end, mouth, extremity <BR> 1b) border, outskirts <BR> 1c) the whole (condensed term for what is included within extremities) <BR> 1d) at the end of (a certain time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qə·ṣêh
         to the edge 
    
 
        
            יָם־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יָם־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yām-
                
                
                     of the Sea 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3220 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sea <BR> 1a) Mediterranean Sea <BR> 1b) Red Sea <BR> 1c) Dead Sea <BR> 1d) Sea of Galilee <BR> 1e) sea (general) <BR> 1f) mighty river (Nile) <BR> 1g) the sea (the great basin in the temple court) <BR> 1h) seaward, west, westward 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yām-
         of the Sea 
    
 
        
            כִּנֶּ֔רֶת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כִּנֶּ֔רֶת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kin·ne·reṯ
                
                
                     of Chinnereth ). 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3672 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Chinneroth or Cinneroth or Chinnereth = |harps|<BR> 1) the early name of the Sea of Galilee <BR> 2) a town and district in Naphtali near the Sea of Galilee 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kin·ne·reṯ
         of Chinnereth ). 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            This was the inheritance of the clans of the Gadites, including the cities and villages.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            זֹ֛את 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
זֹ֛את 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    zōṯ
                
                
                     This 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2063 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) this, this one, here, which, this...that, the one...the other, such <BR> 1a) (alone) <BR> 1a1) this one <BR> 1a2) this...that, the one...the other, another <BR> 1b) (appos to subst) <BR> 1b1) this <BR> 1c) (as predicate) <BR> 1c1) this, such <BR> 1d) (enclitically) <BR> 1d1) then <BR> 1d2) who, whom <BR> 1d3) how now, what now <BR> 1d4) what now <BR> 1d5) wherefore now <BR> 1d6) behold here <BR> 1d7) just now <BR> 1d8) now, now already <BR> 1e) (poetry) <BR> 1e1) wherein, which, those who <BR> 1f) (with prefixes) <BR> 1f1) in this (place) here, then <BR> 1f2) on these conditions, herewith, thus provided, by, through this, for this cause, in this matter <BR> 1f3) thus and thus <BR> 1f4) as follows, things such as these, accordingly, to that effect, in like manner, thus and thus <BR> 1f5) from here, hence, on one side...on the other side <BR> 1f6) on this account <BR> 1f7) in spite of this, which, whence, how 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        zōṯ
         This 
    
 
        
            נַחֲלַ֥ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נַחֲלַ֥ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    na·ḥă·laṯ
                
                
                     was the inheritance 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5159 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) possession, property, inheritance, heritage <BR> 1a) property <BR> 1b) portion, share<BR> 1c) inheritance, portion 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        na·ḥă·laṯ
         was the inheritance 
    
 
        
            לְמִשְׁפְּחֹתָ֑ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְמִשְׁפְּחֹתָ֑ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·miš·pə·ḥō·ṯām
                
                
                     of the clans 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - feminine plural construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4940 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) clan, family <BR> 1a) clan <BR> 1a1) family <BR> 1a2) tribe <BR> 1a3) people, nation <BR> 1b) guild <BR> 1c) species, kind <BR> 1d) aristocrats 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·miš·pə·ḥō·ṯām
         of the clans 
    
 
        
            בְּנֵי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּנֵי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·nê-
                
                
                     of the Gadites , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·nê-
         of the Gadites , 
    
 
        
            גָ֖ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גָ֖ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḡāḏ
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1410 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Gad = |troop|<BR> 1) seventh son of Jacob by Zilpah, Leah's handmaid, and full brother of Asher. <BR> 2) the tribe descended from Gad <BR> 3) a prophet during the time of David; appears to have joined David when in the hold; reappears in connection with the punishment for taking a census; also assisted in the arrangements for the musical service of the |house of God| 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḡāḏ
         . . . 
    
 
        
            הֶעָרִ֖ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הֶעָרִ֖ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    he·‘ā·rîm
                
                
                     including the cities 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5892 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) excitement, anguish <BR> 1a) of terror <BR> 2) city, town (a place of waking, guarded) <BR> 2a) city, town 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        he·‘ā·rîm
         including the cities 
    
 
        
            וְחַצְרֵיהֶֽם׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְחַצְרֵיהֶֽם׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḥaṣ·rê·hem
                
                
                     and villages . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - common plural construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2691 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) court, enclosure <BR> 1a) enclosures <BR> 1b) court <BR> 2) settled abode, settlement, village, town 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḥaṣ·rê·hem
         and villages . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            This is what Moses had given to the clans of the half-tribe of Manasseh, that is, to half the tribe of the descendants of Manasseh:
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            מֹשֶׁ֔ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֹשֶׁ֔ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mō·šeh
                
                
                     [This is what] Moses 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4872 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Moses = |drawn|<BR> 1) the prophet and lawgiver, leader of the exodus 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mō·šeh
         [This is what] Moses 
    
 
        
            וַיִּתֵּ֣ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיִּתֵּ֣ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yit·tên
                
                
                     had given 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5414 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to give, put, set <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to give, bestow, grant, permit, ascribe, employ, devote, consecrate, dedicate, pay wages, sell, exchange, lend, commit, entrust, give over, deliver up, yield produce, occasion, produce, requite to, report, mention, utter, stretch out, extend <BR> 1a2) to put, set, put on, put upon, set, appoint, assign, designate <BR> 1a3) to make, constitute <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be given, be bestowed, be provided, be entrusted to, be granted to, be permitted, be issued, be published, be uttered, be assigned <BR> 1b2) to be set, be put, be made, be inflicted <BR> 1c) (Hophal) <BR> 1c1) to be given, be bestowed, be given up, be delivered up <BR> 1c2) to be put upon 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yit·tên
         had given 
    
 
        
            לְמִשְׁפְּחוֹתָֽם׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְמִשְׁפְּחוֹתָֽם׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·miš·pə·ḥō·w·ṯām
                
                
                     to the clans 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - feminine plural construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4940 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) clan, family <BR> 1a) clan <BR> 1a1) family <BR> 1a2) tribe <BR> 1a3) people, nation <BR> 1b) guild <BR> 1c) species, kind <BR> 1d) aristocrats 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·miš·pə·ḥō·w·ṯām
         to the clans 
    
 
        
            לַחֲצִ֖י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לַחֲצִ֖י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    la·ḥă·ṣî
                
                
                     of the half-tribe 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l, Article | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2677 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) half <BR> 1a) half <BR> 1b) middle 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        la·ḥă·ṣî
         of the half-tribe 
    
 
        
            שֵׁ֣בֶט 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שֵׁ֣בֶט 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šê·ḇeṭ
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7626 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) rod, staff, branch, offshoot, club, sceptre, tribe <BR> 1a) rod, staff <BR> 1b) shaft (of spear, dart) <BR> 1c) club (of shepherd's implement) <BR> 1d) truncheon, sceptre (mark of authority) <BR> 1e) clan, tribe 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šê·ḇeṭ
         . . . 
    
 
        
            מְנַשֶּׁ֑ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מְנַשֶּׁ֑ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mə·naš·šeh
                
                
                     of Manasseh , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4519 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Manasseh = |causing to forget|<BR> 1) the eldest son of Joseph and progenitor of the tribe of Manasseh <BR> 1a) the tribe descended from Manasseh <BR> 1b) the territory occupied by the tribe of Manasseh <BR> 2) son of king Hezekiah of Judah and himself king of Judah; he was the immediate and direct cause for the exile <BR> 3) a descendant of Pahath-moab who put away a foreign wife in the time of Ezra <BR> 4) a descendant of Hashum who put away a foreign wife in the time of Ezra 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mə·naš·šeh
         of Manasseh , 
    
 
        
            וַיְהִ֗י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיְהִ֗י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·hî
                
                
                     that is , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·hî
         that is , 
    
 
        
            לַחֲצִ֛י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לַחֲצִ֛י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    la·ḥă·ṣî
                
                
                     to half 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l, Article | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2677 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) half <BR> 1a) half <BR> 1b) middle 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        la·ḥă·ṣî
         to half 
    
 
        
            מַטֵּ֥ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַטֵּ֥ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    maṭ·ṭêh
                
                
                     the tribe 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4294 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) staff, branch, tribe <BR> 1a) staff, rod, shaft <BR> 1b) branch (of vine) <BR> 1c) tribe <BR> 1c1) company led by chief with staff (originally) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        maṭ·ṭêh
         the tribe 
    
 
        
            בְנֵֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְנֵֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇə·nê-
                
                
                     of the descendants 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇə·nê-
         of the descendants 
    
 
        
            מְנַשֶּׁ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מְנַשֶּׁ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mə·naš·šeh
                
                
                     of Manasseh : 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4519 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Manasseh = |causing to forget|<BR> 1) the eldest son of Joseph and progenitor of the tribe of Manasseh <BR> 1a) the tribe descended from Manasseh <BR> 1b) the territory occupied by the tribe of Manasseh <BR> 2) son of king Hezekiah of Judah and himself king of Judah; he was the immediate and direct cause for the exile <BR> 3) a descendant of Pahath-moab who put away a foreign wife in the time of Ezra <BR> 4) a descendant of Hashum who put away a foreign wife in the time of Ezra 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mə·naš·šeh
         of Manasseh : 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            The territory from Mahanaim through all Bashan—all the kingdom of Og king of Bashan, including all the towns of Jair that are in Bashan, sixty cities;
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וַיְהִ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיְהִ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·hî
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·hî
         - 
    
 
        
            גְבוּלָ֗ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גְבוּלָ֗ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḡə·ḇū·lām
                
                
                     The territory 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1366 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) border, territory <BR> 1a) border <BR> 1b) territory (enclosed within boundary) <BR> 1c) region, territory (of darkness) (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḡə·ḇū·lām
         The territory 
    
 
        
            מִמַּחֲנַ֨יִם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִמַּחֲנַ֨יִם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mim·ma·ḥă·na·yim
                
                
                     from Mahanaim 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4266 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Mahanaim = |two camps|<BR> 1) a place east of the Jordan, named from Jacob's encounter with angels <BR> 2) a Levitical city in Gad 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mim·ma·ḥă·na·yim
         from Mahanaim 
    
 
        
            כָּֽל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָּֽל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kāl-
                
                
                     through all 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, the whole <BR> 1a) all, the whole of <BR> 1b) any, each, every, anything <BR> 1c) totality, everything 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kāl-
         through all 
    
 
        
            הַבָּשָׁ֜ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַבָּשָׁ֜ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hab·bā·šān
                
                
                     Bashan — 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1316 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Bashan = |fruitful|<BR> 1) a district east of the Jordan known for its fertility which was given to the half-tribe of Manasseh 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hab·bā·šān
         Bashan — 
    
 
        
            כָּֽל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָּֽל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kāl-
                
                
                     all 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, the whole <BR> 1a) all, the whole of <BR> 1b) any, each, every, anything <BR> 1c) totality, everything 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kāl-
         all 
    
 
        
            מַמְלְכ֣וּת׀ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַמְלְכ֣וּת׀ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mam·lə·ḵūṯ
                
                
                     the kingdom 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4468 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) kingdom, dominion, reign, sovereignty <BR> 1a) kingdom <BR> 1b) dominion, royal power <BR> 1c) reign 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mam·lə·ḵūṯ
         the kingdom 
    
 
        
            ע֣וֹג 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
ע֣וֹג 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ō·wḡ
                
                
                     of Og 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5747 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Og = |long-necked|<BR> 1) the Amorite king of Bashan and one of the last representatives of the giants of Rephaim 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ō·wḡ
         of Og 
    
 
        
            מֶֽלֶךְ־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֶֽלֶךְ־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    me·leḵ-
                
                
                     king 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4428 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        me·leḵ-
         king 
    
 
        
            הַבָּשָׁ֗ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַבָּשָׁ֗ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hab·bā·šān
                
                
                     of Bashan , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1316 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Bashan = |fruitful|<BR> 1) a district east of the Jordan known for its fertility which was given to the half-tribe of Manasseh 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hab·bā·šān
         of Bashan , 
    
 
        
            וְכָל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְכָל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḵāl
                
                
                     including all 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, the whole <BR> 1a) all, the whole of <BR> 1b) any, each, every, anything <BR> 1c) totality, everything 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḵāl
         including all 
    
 
        
            חַוֺּ֥ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חַוֺּ֥ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥaw·wōṯ
                
                
                     the towns 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2333 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) village, town, tent village 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥaw·wōṯ
         the towns 
    
 
        
            יָאִ֛יר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יָאִ֛יר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yā·’îr
                
                
                     of Jair 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2971 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jair = |he enlightens|<BR> 1) a descendant of Manasseh who conquered many towns during the time of the conquest <BR> 2) the Gileadite, a judge of Israel for 22 years during the time of the judges; father of 30 sons <BR> 3) a Benjamite, son of Kish, and father of Mordecai <BR> 4) father of Elhanan, one of David's mighty warriors 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yā·’îr
         of Jair 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁ֥ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁ֥ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer
                
                
                     that 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer
         that 
    
 
        
            בַּבָּשָׁ֖ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בַּבָּשָׁ֖ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bab·bā·šān
                
                
                     are in Bashan , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b, Article | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1316 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Bashan = |fruitful|<BR> 1) a district east of the Jordan known for its fertility which was given to the half-tribe of Manasseh 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bab·bā·šān
         are in Bashan , 
    
 
        
            שִׁשִּׁ֥ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שִׁשִּׁ֥ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šiš·šîm
                
                
                     sixty 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8346 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sixty, three score 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šiš·šîm
         sixty 
    
 
        
            עִֽיר׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עִֽיר׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘îr
                
                
                     cities ; 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5892 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) excitement, anguish <BR> 1a) of terror <BR> 2) city, town (a place of waking, guarded) <BR> 2a) city, town 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘îr
         cities ; 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            half of Gilead; and Ashtaroth and Edrei, the royal cities of Og in Bashan. All this was for the clans of the descendants of Machir son of Manasseh, that is, half of the descendants of Machir.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            ע֖וֹג 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
ע֖וֹג 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ō·wḡ
                
                
                     of Og 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5747 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Og = |long-necked|<BR> 1) the Amorite king of Bashan and one of the last representatives of the giants of Rephaim 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ō·wḡ
         of Og 
    
 
        
            בַּבָּשָׁ֑ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בַּבָּשָׁ֑ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bab·bā·šān
                
                
                     in Bashan . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b, Article | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1316 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Bashan = |fruitful|<BR> 1) a district east of the Jordan known for its fertility which was given to the half-tribe of Manasseh 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bab·bā·šān
         in Bashan . 
    
 
        
            לְמִשְׁפְּחוֹתָֽם׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְמִשְׁפְּחוֹתָֽם׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·miš·pə·ḥō·w·ṯām
                
                
                     [All this was] for the clans 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - feminine plural construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4940 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) clan, family <BR> 1a) clan <BR> 1a1) family <BR> 1a2) tribe <BR> 1a3) people, nation <BR> 1b) guild <BR> 1c) species, kind <BR> 1d) aristocrats 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·miš·pə·ḥō·w·ṯām
         [All this was] for the clans 
    
 
        
            לִבְנֵ֤י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לִבְנֵ֤י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    liḇ·nê
                
                
                     of the descendants 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        liḇ·nê
         of the descendants 
    
 
        
            מָכִיר֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מָכִיר֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mā·ḵîr
                
                
                     of Machir 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4353 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Machir = |sold|<BR> 1) eldest son of Manasseh by an Aramite or Syrian concubine and progenitor of a large family <BR> 2) son of Ammiel, a powerful chief of one of the Transjordanic tribes who rendered essential services to Saul and to David 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mā·ḵîr
         of Machir 
    
 
        
            בֶּן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֶּן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ben-
                
                
                     son 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ben-
         son 
    
 
        
            מְנַשֶּׁ֔ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מְנַשֶּׁ֔ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mə·naš·šeh
                
                
                     of Manasseh , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4519 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Manasseh = |causing to forget|<BR> 1) the eldest son of Joseph and progenitor of the tribe of Manasseh <BR> 1a) the tribe descended from Manasseh <BR> 1b) the territory occupied by the tribe of Manasseh <BR> 2) son of king Hezekiah of Judah and himself king of Judah; he was the immediate and direct cause for the exile <BR> 3) a descendant of Pahath-moab who put away a foreign wife in the time of Ezra <BR> 4) a descendant of Hashum who put away a foreign wife in the time of Ezra 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mə·naš·šeh
         of Manasseh , 
    
 
        
            לַחֲצִ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לַחֲצִ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    la·ḥă·ṣî
                
                
                     that is, half of 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l, Article | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2677 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) half <BR> 1a) half <BR> 1b) middle 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        la·ḥă·ṣî
         that is, half of 
    
 
        
            בְנֵֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְנֵֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇə·nê-
                
                
                     the descendants 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇə·nê-
         the descendants 
    
 
        
            מָכִ֖יר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מָכִ֖יר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mā·ḵîr
                
                
                     of Machir . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4353 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Machir = |sold|<BR> 1) eldest son of Manasseh by an Aramite or Syrian concubine and progenitor of a large family <BR> 2) son of Ammiel, a powerful chief of one of the Transjordanic tribes who rendered essential services to Saul and to David 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mā·ḵîr
         of Machir . 
    
 
        
            וַחֲצִ֤י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַחֲצִ֤י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wa·ḥă·ṣî
                
                
                     half 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2677 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) half <BR> 1a) half <BR> 1b) middle 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wa·ḥă·ṣî
         half 
    
 
        
            הַגִּלְעָד֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַגִּלְעָד֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hag·gil·‘āḏ
                
                
                     of Gilead ; 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1568 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        n pr loc Gilead = |rocky region|<BR> 1) a mountainous region bounded on the west by the Jordan, on the north by Bashan, on the east by the Arabian plateau, and on the south by Moab and Ammon; sometimes called 'Mount Gilead' or the 'land of Gilead' or just 'Gilead'. Divided into north and south Gilead <BR> 2) a city (with prefix 'Jabesh') <BR> 3) the people of the region <BR> n pr m <BR> 4) son of Machir and grandson of Manasseh <BR> 5) father of Jephthah <BR> 6) a Gadite 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hag·gil·‘āḏ
         of Gilead ; 
    
 
        
            וְעַשְׁתָּר֣וֹת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְעַשְׁתָּר֣וֹת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·‘aš·tā·rō·wṯ
                
                
                     and Ashtaroth 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6252 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Ashtaroth or Astaroth = |star| <BR> n pr f deity<BR> 1) false goddesses in the Canaanite religion, usually related to fertility cult <BR> n pr loc <BR> 2) a city in Bashan east of the Jordan given to Manasseh <BR> 2a) same as H06255 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·‘aš·tā·rō·wṯ
         and Ashtaroth 
    
 
        
            וְאֶדְרֶ֔עִי 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶדְרֶ֔עִי 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’eḏ·re·‘î
                
                
                     and Edrei , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        154 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Edrei = |goodly pasture|<BR> 1) a chief city of Bashan, north of Jabbok river 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’eḏ·re·‘î
         and Edrei , 
    
 
        
            מַמְלְכ֥וּת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַמְלְכ֥וּת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mam·lə·ḵūṯ
                
                
                     the royal 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4468 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) kingdom, dominion, reign, sovereignty <BR> 1a) kingdom <BR> 1b) dominion, royal power <BR> 1c) reign 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mam·lə·ḵūṯ
         the royal 
    
 
        
            עָרֵ֛י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עָרֵ֛י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ā·rê
                
                
                     cities 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5892 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) excitement, anguish <BR> 1a) of terror <BR> 2) city, town (a place of waking, guarded) <BR> 2a) city, town 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ā·rê
         cities 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            These were the portions Moses had given them on the plains of Moab beyond the Jordan, east of Jericho.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            אֵ֕לֶּה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֵ֕לֶּה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’êl·leh
                
                
                     These 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        428 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) these <BR> 1a) used before antecedent <BR> 1b) used following antecedent 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’êl·leh
         These 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁר־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁר־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer-
         - 
    
 
        
            מֹשֶׁ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֹשֶׁ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mō·šeh
                
                
                     {were the portions} Moses 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4872 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Moses = |drawn|<BR> 1) the prophet and lawgiver, leader of the exodus 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mō·šeh
         {were the portions} Moses 
    
 
        
            נִחַ֥ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נִחַ֥ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ni·ḥal
                
                
                     had given them 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Piel - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5157 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to get as a possession, acquire, inherit, possess <BR> 1a) (Qal)<BR> 1a1) to take possession, inherit <BR> 1a2) to have or get as a possession or property (fig.) <BR> 1a3) to divide the land for a possession <BR> 1a4) to acquire (testimonies) (fig.) <BR> 1b) (Piel) to divide for a possession <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to possess oneself of <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to give as a possession <BR> 1d2) to cause to inherit, give as an inheritance <BR> 1e) (Hophal) to be allotted, be made to possess 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ni·ḥal
         had given them 
    
 
        
            בְּעַֽרְב֣וֹת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּעַֽרְב֣וֹת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·‘ar·ḇō·wṯ
                
                
                     on the plains 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - feminine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6160 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) desert plain, steppe, desert, wilderness 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·‘ar·ḇō·wṯ
         on the plains 
    
 
        
            מוֹאָ֑ב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מוֹאָ֑ב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mō·w·’āḇ
                
                
                     of Moab 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4124 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Moab = |of his father| <BR> n pr m <BR> 1) a son of Lot by his eldest daughter <BR> 2) the nation descended from the son of Lot <BR> n pr loc <BR> 3) the land inhabited by the descendants of the son of Lot 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mō·w·’āḇ
         of Moab 
    
 
        
            מֵעֵ֛בֶר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֵעֵ֛בֶר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mê·‘ê·ḇer
                
                
                     beyond 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5676 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) region beyond or across, side <BR> 1a) region across or beyond <BR> 1b) side, opposite side 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mê·‘ê·ḇer
         beyond 
    
 
        
            לְיַרְדֵּ֥ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְיַרְדֵּ֥ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·yar·dên
                
                
                     the Jordan , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3383 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jordan = |descender|<BR> 1) the river of Palestine running from the roots of Anti-Lebanon to the Dead Sea a distance of approx 200 miles (320 km) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·yar·dên
         the Jordan , 
    
 
        
            מִזְרָֽחָה׃ס 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִזְרָֽחָה׃ס 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miz·rā·ḥāh
                
                
                     east 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4217 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) place of sunrise, east <BR> 1a) sunrise, east (with 'sun') <BR> 1b) the east (without 'sun') <BR> 1b1) to or toward the place of sunrise <BR> 1b2) to the east, eastward 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miz·rā·ḥāh
         east 
    
 
        
            יְרִיח֖וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְרִיח֖וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·rî·ḥōw
                
                
                     of Jericho . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3405 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jericho = |its moon|<BR> 1) a city 5 miles (8 km) west of the Jordan and 7 miles (11.5 km) north of the Dead Sea and the first city conquered by the Israelites upon entering the promised land of Canaan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·rî·ḥōw
         of Jericho . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            To the tribe of Levi, however, Moses had given no inheritance. The LORD, the God of Israel, is their inheritance, just as He had promised them.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וּלְשֵׁ֙בֶט֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּלְשֵׁ֙בֶט֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·lə·šê·ḇeṭ
                
                
                     To the tribe 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7626 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) rod, staff, branch, offshoot, club, sceptre, tribe <BR> 1a) rod, staff <BR> 1b) shaft (of spear, dart) <BR> 1c) club (of shepherd's implement) <BR> 1d) truncheon, sceptre (mark of authority) <BR> 1e) clan, tribe 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·lə·šê·ḇeṭ
         To the tribe 
    
 
        
            הַלֵּוִ֔י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַלֵּוִ֔י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hal·lê·wî
                
                
                     of Levi , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3878 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Levi = |joined to|<BR> 1) the 3rd son of Jacob by Leah and progenitor of tribe of Levites 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hal·lê·wî
         of Levi , 
    
 
        
            מֹשֶׁ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֹשֶׁ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mō·šeh
                
                
                     however , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4872 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Moses = |drawn|<BR> 1) the prophet and lawgiver, leader of the exodus 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mō·šeh
         however , 
    
 
        
            נָתַ֥ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נָתַ֥ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nā·ṯan
                
                
                     [Moses] had given 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5414 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to give, put, set <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to give, bestow, grant, permit, ascribe, employ, devote, consecrate, dedicate, pay wages, sell, exchange, lend, commit, entrust, give over, deliver up, yield produce, occasion, produce, requite to, report, mention, utter, stretch out, extend <BR> 1a2) to put, set, put on, put upon, set, appoint, assign, designate <BR> 1a3) to make, constitute <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be given, be bestowed, be provided, be entrusted to, be granted to, be permitted, be issued, be published, be uttered, be assigned <BR> 1b2) to be set, be put, be made, be inflicted <BR> 1c) (Hophal) <BR> 1c1) to be given, be bestowed, be given up, be delivered up <BR> 1c2) to be put upon 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nā·ṯan
         [Moses] had given 
    
 
        
            לֹֽא־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֹֽא־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lō-
                
                
                     no 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3808 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) not, no <BR> 1a) not (with verb-absolute prohibition) <BR> 1b) not (with modifier-negation) <BR> 1c) nothing (subst) <BR> 1d) without (with particle) <BR> 1e) before (of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lō-
         no 
    
 
        
            נַחֲלָ֑ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נַחֲלָ֑ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    na·ḥă·lāh
                
                
                     inheritance . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5159 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) possession, property, inheritance, heritage <BR> 1a) property <BR> 1b) portion, share<BR> 1c) inheritance, portion 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        na·ḥă·lāh
         inheritance . 
    
 
        
            יְהוָ֞ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָ֞ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     The LORD , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         The LORD , 
    
 
        
            אֱלֹהֵ֤י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱלֹהֵ֤י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·lō·hê
                
                
                     the God 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (plural) <BR> 1a) rulers, judges <BR> 1b) divine ones <BR> 1c) angels <BR> 1d) gods <BR> 2) (plural intensive-singular meaning) <BR> 2a) god, goddess <BR> 2b) godlike one <BR> 2c) works or special possessions of God <BR> 2d) the (true) God <BR> 2e) God 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·lō·hê
         the God 
    
 
        
            יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiś·rā·’êl
                
                
                     of Israel , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3478 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Israel = |God prevails|<BR> 1) the second name for Jacob given to him by God after his wrestling with the angel at Peniel <BR> 2) the name of the descendants and the nation of the descendants of Jacob <BR> 2a) the name of the nation until the death of Solomon and the split <BR> 2b) the name used and given to the northern kingdom consisting of the 10 tribes under Jeroboam; the southern kingdom was known as Judah <BR> 2c) the name of the nation after the return from exile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiś·rā·’êl
         of Israel , 
    
 
        
            ה֣וּא 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
ה֣וּא 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hū
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1931 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        pron 3p s<BR> 1) he, she, it <BR> 1a) himself (with emphasis) <BR> 1b) resuming subj with emphasis <BR> 1c) (with minimum emphasis following predicate) <BR> 1d) (anticipating subj) <BR> 1e) (emphasising predicate) <BR> 1f) that, it (neuter) demons pron <BR> 2) that (with article) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hū
         . . . 
    
 
        
            נַחֲלָתָ֔ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נַחֲלָתָ֔ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    na·ḥă·lā·ṯām
                
                
                     is their inheritance , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5159 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) possession, property, inheritance, heritage <BR> 1a) property <BR> 1b) portion, share<BR> 1c) inheritance, portion 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        na·ḥă·lā·ṯām
         is their inheritance , 
    
 
        
            כַּאֲשֶׁ֖ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כַּאֲשֶׁ֖ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ka·’ă·šer
                
                
                     just as 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-k | Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ka·’ă·šer
         just as 
    
 
        
            דִּבֶּ֥ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּבֶּ֥ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dib·ber
                
                
                     He had promised 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Piel - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1696 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to speak, declare, converse, command, promise, warn, threaten, sing <BR> 1a) (Qal) to speak <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to speak with one another, talk <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to speak <BR> 1c2) to promise <BR> 1d) (Pual) to be spoken <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) to speak <BR> 1f) (Hiphil) to lead away, put to flight 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dib·ber
         He had promised 
    
 
        
            לָהֶֽם׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָהֶֽם׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā·hem
                
                
                     them . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā·hem
         them .